Initial Filedump

Tadaaa!!

24 files changed, 46917 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ce8ab1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,766 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
+         (+) Common HAL APIs
+         (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L4xx HAL Driver version number
+   */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x0CU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x00U) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00U) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION        ((STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN  << 24U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U)\
+                                      |(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE     10U   /* 10 ms (to be confirmed) */
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region ------------ */
+#define SYSCFG_OFFSET             (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+/* ---  MEMRMP Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of FB_MODE bit */
+#define MEMRMP_OFFSET             SYSCFG_OFFSET
+#define FB_MODE_BitNumber         8U
+#define FB_MODE_BB                (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (FB_MODE_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* --- SCSR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of SRAM2ER bit */
+#define SCSR_OFFSET               (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U)
+#define BRER_BitNumber            0U
+#define SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB           (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SCSR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BRER_BitNumber * 4U))
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT;  /* 1KHz */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial time base
+          clock configuration.
+      (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+          Tick interrupt priority.
+        (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+            ISR process will be blocked.
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Flash prefetch, the Instruction and Data caches,
+  *         the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
+  *         by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
+  *         stm32l4xx_hal_msp.c.
+  *
+  * @note   HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
+  *         the clock configuration.
+  *
+  * @note   In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
+  *         The Systick configuration is based on MSI clock, as MSI is the clock
+  *         used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4.
+  *         Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
+  *         each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
+  /* Default configuration at reset is:                      */
+  /* - Prefetch disabled                                     */
+  /* - Instruction cache enabled                             */
+  /* - Data cache enabled                                    */
+#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
+  if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_MspInit();
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief De-initialize common part of the HAL and stop the source of time base.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
+  *        The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+  *       The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority  Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/
+  if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
+  {
+    /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+    if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+      if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+      {
+        HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+        uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in SysTick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *      implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+  * @retval tick priority
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+  return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+  * @param Freq tick frequency
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status  = HAL_OK;
+  HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
+
+  if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+  {
+    /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
+    prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
+
+    /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
+    uwTickFreq = Freq;
+
+    /* Apply the new tick Freq  */
+    status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Restore previous tick frequency */
+      uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return tick frequency.
+  * @retval tick period in Hz
+  */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+  return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay  specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    wait += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
+  }
+
+  while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL  |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the HAL revision.
+  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+  return STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+  return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 HAL Debug functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Debug functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Debug functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ *  @brief    HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation
+      (+) Enable/Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping
+      (+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation.
+  * @note   As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set.
+  *         This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void)
+{
+  /* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */
+  SYSCFG->SKR = 0xCA;
+  SYSCFG->SKR = 0x53;
+  /* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
+  *         and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000001UL;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
+  *         and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000000UL;
+}
+
+#if defined(VREFBUF)
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
+  * @param VoltageScaling  specifies the output voltage to achieve
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
+  *                                                This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V.
+  *                                                This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
+  * @param Mode  specifies the high impedance mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
+  *            @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  * @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+  uint32_t  tickstart;
+
+  SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for VRR bit  */
+  while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
+}
+#endif /* VREFBUF */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..149d4ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+    (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
+    (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure SysTick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+
+  The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+  to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+  
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+      NVIC_PriorityGroup   | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority  |       Description
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0  |                0                  |            0-15             | 0 bit for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 4 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1  |                0-1                |            0-7              | 1 bit for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 3 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2  |                0-3                |            0-3              | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 2 bits for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3  |                0-7                |            0-1              | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 1 bit for subpriority
+    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+     NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4  |                0-15               |            0                | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                           |                                   |                             | 0 bit for subpriority                       
+    ==========================================================================================================================
+
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      SysTick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit  for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit  for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    1 bit  for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                    0 bit  for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+  * @param  SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick): 
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      1 bit for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
+  *                                      0 bit for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
+  *         and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *          This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the MPU.
+  * @param  MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, 
+  *          NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+  *            @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+  *            @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  /* Enable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
+
+  /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the MPU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
+  __DMB();
+
+  /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
+  MPU->CTRL  = 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
+  * @param  MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the initialization and configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+  /* Set the Region number */
+  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+
+    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec        << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission   << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField       << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable        << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable        << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable       << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable   << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size               << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable             << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
+    MPU->RASR = 0x00;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..24856b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+       (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+       necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests.
+
+   (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+       Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+       Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
+       using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+       Prior to HAL_DMA_Init the peripheral clock shall be enabled for both DMA & DMAMUX
+       thanks to:
+      (##) DMA1 or DMA2: __HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE() or  __HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE() ;
+      (##) DMAMUX1:      __HAL_RCC_DMAMUX1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+       detection.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+           address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+           case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+       (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+           Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
+           In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+       (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+              add his own function to register callbacks with HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback().
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or not.
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_REQUEST(hdma->Init.Request));
+
+  /* Compute the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+  /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR and MEM2MEM bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL    | DMA_CCR_MSIZE  | DMA_CCR_PSIZE  |
+                      DMA_CCR_MINC  | DMA_CCR_PINC   | DMA_CCR_CIRC   |
+                      DMA_CCR_DIR   | DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM));
+
+  /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+  /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel :
+     DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask
+  */
+  DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+  if(hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
+  {
+    /* if memory to memory force the request to 0*/
+    hdma->Init.Request = DMA_REQUEST_MEM2MEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Set peripheral request  to DMAMUX channel */
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = (hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID);
+
+  /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+  if(((hdma->Init.Request > 0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3)))
+  {
+    /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator :
+       DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask
+    */
+    DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+    /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U;
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U;
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U;
+  }
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+#if !defined (DMAMUX1)
+
+  /* Set request selection */
+  if(hdma->Init.Direction != DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
+  {
+    /* Write to DMA channel selection register */
+    if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress)
+    {
+      /* Reset request selection for DMA1 Channelx */
+      DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+
+      /* Configure request selection for DMA1 Channelx */
+      DMA1_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t) (hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+    }
+    else /* DMA2 */
+    {
+      /* Reset request selection for DMA2 Channelx */
+      DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+
+      /* Configure request selection for DMA2 Channelx */
+      DMA2_CSELR->CSELR |= (uint32_t) (hdma->Init.Request << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */
+       /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */
+       /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx                                              */
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if (NULL == hdma )
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Compute the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+#if !defined (DMAMUX1)
+
+  /* Reset DMA channel selection register */
+  if (DMA1 == hdma->DmaBaseAddress)
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    DMA1_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    DMA2_CSELR->CSELR &= ~(DMA_CSELR_C1S << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1cU));
+  }
+#endif /* STM32L431xx || STM32L432xx || STM32L433xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L443xx */
+       /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L442xx || STM32L486xx */
+       /* STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx                                              */
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+  /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX channel :
+     DMAmuxChannel, DMAmuxChannelStatus and DMAmuxChannelStatusMask */
+
+  DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+  /* Reset the DMAMUX channel that corresponds to the DMA channel */
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+  /* Reset Request generator parameters if any */
+  if(((hdma->Init.Request >  0U) && (hdma->Init.Request <= DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3)))
+  {
+    /* Initialize parameters for DMAMUX request generator :
+       DMAmuxRequestGen, DMAmuxRequestGenStatus and DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask
+    */
+    DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(hdma);
+
+    /* Reset the DMAMUX request generator register*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+  }
+
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = 0U;
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = 0U;
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 0U;
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+  /* Clean callbacks */
+  hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ *  @brief   Input and Output operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+    /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+    /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+    if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+    {
+      /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+
+#ifdef DMAMUX1
+
+    /* Check if DMAMUX Synchronization is enabled*/
+    if((hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR & DMAMUX_CxCR_SE) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Enable DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+      hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR |= DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+    }
+
+    if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+    {
+      /* if using DMAMUX request generator, enable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+      /* enable the request gen overrun IT*/
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+    }
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Remain BUSY */
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+    * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+  if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+    /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+    if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+    {
+      /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+      /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+      /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+    }
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return status;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+    /* disable the DMAMUX sync overrun IT*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+    if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+    {
+      /* if using DMAMUX request generator, disable the DMAMUX request generator overrun IT*/
+      /* disable the request gen overrun IT*/
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+      /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+    }
+
+#else
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Call User Abort callback */
+    if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.
+  * @param  Timeout       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+  if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != 0U)
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp) == 0U)
+  {
+    if((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU))) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+      /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+      /* Clear all flags */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) ||  (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+  /*Check for DMAMUX Request generator (if used) overrun status */
+  if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+  {
+    /* if using DMAMUX request generator Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
+    if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+      /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
+  if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
+  }
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+    all transfers are complete) */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+  uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != 0U))
+  {
+      /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+      if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+        __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+      }
+      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_ISR_HTIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+
+      /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+      /* but in Transfer Complete case */
+
+      if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Half transfer callback */
+        hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != 0U))
+  {
+    if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+      /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
+      /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR  */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_TCIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer complete callback */
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
+  else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TE) !=  0U))
+  {
+    /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+    /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+    /* Disable ALL DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer error callback */
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing To Do */
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @param  pCallback            pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to
+  *                               a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+    /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+    case   HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+    default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA handle state.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Return DMA handle state */
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code.
+  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+  /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+  if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+  /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX  channel and status mask depending on channel number
+  * @param  hdma        pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXChannelBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t channel_number;
+
+  /* check if instance is not outside the DMA channel range */
+  if ((uint32_t)hdma->Instance < (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel0 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel = (DMAMUX1_Channel7 + (hdma->ChannelIndex >> 2U));
+  }
+
+  channel_number = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & 0xFFU) - 8U) / 20U;
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus = DMAMUX1_ChannelStatus;
+  hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask = 1UL << (channel_number & 0x1FU);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Updates the DMA handle with the DMAMUX  request generator params
+  * @param  hdma        pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+static void DMA_CalcDMAMUXRequestGenBaseAndMask(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t request =  hdma->Init.Request & DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID;
+
+  /* DMA Channels are connected to DMAMUX1 request generator blocks*/
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen = (DMAMUX_RequestGen_TypeDef *)((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DMAMUX1_RequestGenerator0) + ((request - 1U) * 4U)));
+
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus = DMAMUX1_RequestGenStatus;
+
+  /* here "Request" is either DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR0 to DMA_REQUEST_GENERATOR3, i.e. <= 4*/
+  hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask = 1UL << ((request - 1U) & 0x3U);
+}
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0a8f922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA Extension HAL module driver
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+   (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+   (+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+       Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+       to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+   (+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function  HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
+       the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
+       As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
+       called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
+      (exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
+
+     -@-  In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
+     -@-  When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
+     -@-  In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
+          the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_CM0ARx or DMA_CM1ARx) when the channel is enabled.
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(DMAMUX1)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
+  * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
+ *  @brief   Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                #####  Extended features functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+    (+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
+    (+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
+       Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
+       to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @param  pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+  /*Check if the DMA state is ready */
+  if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
+    MODIFY_REG( hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
+               (~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID) , \
+               ((pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID) << DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID_Pos) | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
+               pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
+                 ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos));
+
+    /* Process UnLocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /*DMA State not Ready*/
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @param  pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef :
+  *         contains the request generator parameters.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
+
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Set the request generator new parameters */
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
+                                  ((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos)| \
+                                  pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
+   /* Process UnLocked */
+   __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+   return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+  {
+
+    /* Enable the request generator*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+   return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* check if the DMA state is ready
+     and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
+  */
+  if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
+  {
+
+    /* Disable the request generator*/
+    hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
+  if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
+
+    /* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
+    hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
+
+    if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer error callback */
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
+  {
+   /* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
+    if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
+
+      /* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
+      hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
+
+      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error callback */
+        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dafb7a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+    (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+        (++) Interrupt
+        (++) Event
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+        (++) Rising
+        (++) Falling
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+        interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+        occurs:
+        (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+        (++) Falling
+
+    (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+        be selected through multiplexer.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+
+    (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+        (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+             "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+             member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+    (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+        HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+        (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+    (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+    (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+        (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+             EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+        (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+    (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+  * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+  * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+  * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET                    0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between MCU IMR/EMR registers */
+#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET                  0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between MCU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+  /* Assign line number to handle */
+  hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure rising trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store rising trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure falling trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store falling trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store interrupt mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */
+  assert_param(((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_EVENT) == EXTI_EVENT) || ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != EXTI_MODE_EVENT));
+
+  /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store event mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+  pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Get event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+  }
+
+  /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Get falling configuration */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+    pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 2] Clear event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+  if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID User callback identifier.
+  *         This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+  * @param  pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case  HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+      hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Store line number as handle private field.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  ExtiLine Exti line number.
+  *         This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Store line number as handle private field */
+    hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief EXTI IO functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval none.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
+
+  if (regval != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Clear pending bit */
+    *regaddr = maskline;
+
+    /* Call callback */
+    if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hexti->PendingCallback();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Get pending bit */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+  /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+  regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
+  return regval;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending register address */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+  /* Clear Pending bit */
+  *regaddr =  maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  *regaddr = maskline;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d32aa85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral Errors functions
+  *
+ @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+       prefetch and cache lines.
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Option bytes programming
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
+      (+) 8 cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code
+      (+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
+          (8 bits added per double word)
+
+
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+      memory of all STM32L4xx devices.
+
+      (#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+           (++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
+           (++) There Two modes of programming :
+            (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
+            (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
+
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
+           (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
+           (++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
+                HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
+                HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
+           (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
+
+      (#) Option bytes management functions :
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
+           (++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function.
+                In this case, a reset is generated
+
+    [..]
+      In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+      to handle the following operations:
+       (+) Set the latency
+       (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
+       (+) Monitor the Flash flags status
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                       opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW  64
+#else
+#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW  32
+#endif
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+  * @brief  Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
+  */
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
+                               .ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
+                               .ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, \
+                               .Address = 0U, \
+                               .Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, \
+                               .Page = 0U, \
+                               .NbPagesToErase = 0U, \
+                               .CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED};
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void          FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+static void          FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
+ *  @brief   Programming operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
+    program operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed
+  *                This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+  *                are stored the data for the row fast program
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+  uint32_t prog_bit = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable data cache  */
+      __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+    }
+
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+    {
+      /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+      FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+      prog_bit = FLASH_CR_PG;
+    }
+    else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+    {
+      /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+      FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+
+      /* If it is the last row, the bit will be cleared at the end of the operation */
+      if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+      {
+        prog_bit = FLASH_CR_FSTPG;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
+    if (prog_bit != 0U)
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, prog_bit);
+    }
+
+    /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+    FLASH_FlushCaches();
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed
+  *                This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
+  *                are stored the data for the row fast program
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable data cache  */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+  }
+
+  /* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
+  }
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+
+  /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
+  {
+    /* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+    FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+  }
+  else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
+  {
+    /* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
+    FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_page;
+  uint32_t error;
+  FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef procedure;
+
+  /* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PNB, MER1, MER2 and PER Bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
+#endif
+
+  /* Disable the FSTPG Bit only if it is the last row programmed */
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+
+  if (error !=0U)
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+    /* Clear error programming flags */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+    /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+    FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+    if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Page);
+    }
+    else if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+    {
+        HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+    }
+    else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+            (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(0U);
+    }
+
+    /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
+    {
+      /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+      pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
+
+      /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
+      if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Indicate user which page has been erased*/
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+
+        /* Increment page number */
+        pFlash.Page++;
+        tmp_page = pFlash.Page;
+        FLASH_PageErase(tmp_page, pFlash.Bank);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* No more pages to Erase */
+        /* Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure */
+        pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+        pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+
+        /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+        FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+      FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
+
+      procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
+      if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
+      {
+        /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+      }
+      else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
+              (procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
+      {
+        /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+
+      /*Clear the procedure ongoing*/
+      pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                  Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                  Page Erase: Page which has been erased
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                  Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                 Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
+  *                 Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+
+    /* Verify Flash is unlocked */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH control register access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP: FLASH Operation error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG: FLASH Programming error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protection error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming alignment error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ: FLASH Size error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming sequence error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS: FLASH Fast programming data miss error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST: FLASH Fast programming error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH PCROP read error
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option validity error
+  *            @arg FLASH_FLAG_PEMPTY : FLASH Boot from not programmed flash (apply only for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t error;
+
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
+
+  if(error != 0u)
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
+
+    /* Clear error programming flags */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Set PG bit */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+  /* Program first word */
+  *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
+
+  /* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
+    (independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
+  __ISB();
+
+  /* Program second word */
+  *(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fast program a row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  DataAddress specifies the address where the data are stored.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  uint8_t row_index = (2*FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW);
+  __IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)Address;
+  __IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)DataAddress;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Set FSTPG bit */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
+
+  /* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during the loop */
+  primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+  __disable_irq();
+
+  /* Program the double word of the row */
+  do
+  {
+    *dest_addr = *src_addr;
+    dest_addr++;
+    src_addr++;
+    row_index--;
+  } while (row_index != 0U);
+
+  /* Re-enable the interrupts */
+  __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c889f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1323 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the FLASH extended peripheral:
+  *           + Extended programming operations functions
+  *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Flash Extended features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32L4xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write
+           capability (RWW)
+       (+) Dual bank memory organization
+       (+) PCROP protection for all banks
+
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
+       of all STM32L4xx devices. It includes
+      (#) Flash Memory Erase functions:
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+           (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all sectors
+           (++) There are two modes of erase :
+             (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
+             (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
+
+      (#) Option Bytes Programming function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Set the Read protection Level
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Configure the PCROP protection
+
+      (#) Get Option Bytes Configuration function: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig() to :
+        (++) Get the value of a write protection area
+        (++) Know if the read protection is activated
+        (++) Get the value of the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Get the value of a PCROP area
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                       opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
+  * @brief FLASH Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void              FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr);
+static void              FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset);
+static uint32_t          FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint32_t          FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+static void              FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   Extended IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH
+    programming operations Operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages.
+  * @param[in]  pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @param[out]  PageError  : pointer to variable that contains the configuration
+  *         information on faulty page in case of error (0xFFFFFFFF means that all
+  *         the pages have been correctly erased)
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+  uint32_t page_index;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable instruction cache  */
+      __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+      if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable data cache  */
+        __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+        pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED;
+      }
+    }
+    else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable data cache  */
+      __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+    }
+
+    if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+    {
+      /* Mass erase to be done */
+      FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks);
+
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+      /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 and MER2 Bits */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2));
+#else
+      /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER1 Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1));
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Initialization of PageError variable*/
+      *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+      for(page_index = pEraseInit->Page; page_index < (pEraseInit->Page + pEraseInit->NbPages); page_index++)
+      {
+        FLASH_PageErase(page_index, pEraseInit->Banks);
+
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+        /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
+
+        if (status != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
+          *PageError = page_index;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
+    FLASH_FlushCaches();
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Deactivate the cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable instruction cache  */
+    __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable data cache  */
+      __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable data cache  */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
+
+  pFlash.Bank = pEraseInit->Banks;
+
+  if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+  {
+    /* Mass erase to be done */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE;
+    FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Erase by page to be done */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE;
+    pFlash.NbPagesToErase = pEraseInit->NbPages;
+    pFlash.Page = pEraseInit->Page;
+
+    /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT */
+    FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->Page, pEraseInit->Banks);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program Option bytes.
+  * @param  pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Write protection configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configure of Write protection on the selected area */
+    if(FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(pOBInit->WRPArea, pOBInit->WRPStartOffset, pOBInit->WRPEndOffset) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /* Read protection configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configure the Read protection level */
+    if(FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* User Configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configure the user option bytes */
+    if(FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERType, pOBInit->USERConfig) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* PCROP Configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) != 0U)
+  {
+    if (pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr != pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr)
+    {
+      /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+      if(FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(pOBInit->PCROPConfig, pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr, pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the Option bytes configuration.
+  * @param  pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that contains the
+  *                  configuration information.
+  * @note   The fields pOBInit->WRPArea and pOBInit->PCROPConfig should indicate
+  *         which area is requested for the WRP and PCROP, else no information will be returned
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  pOBInit->OptionType = (OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER);
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB) ||
+     (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB))
+#else
+  if((pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA) || (pOBInit->WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB))
+#endif
+  {
+    pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_WRP;
+    /* Get write protection on the selected area */
+    FLASH_OB_GetWRP(pOBInit->WRPArea, &(pOBInit->WRPStartOffset), &(pOBInit->WRPEndOffset));
+  }
+
+  /* Get Read protection level */
+  pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+  /* Get the user option bytes */
+  pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  if((pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1) || (pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_2))
+#else
+  if(pOBInit->PCROPConfig == FLASH_BANK_1)
+#endif
+  {
+    pOBInit->OptionType |= OPTIONBYTE_PCROP;
+    /* Get the Proprietary code readout protection */
+    FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(&(pOBInit->PCROPConfig), &(pOBInit->PCROPStartAddr), &(pOBInit->PCROPEndAddr));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined (FLASH_CFGR_LVEN)
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended specific configuration functions
+ *  @brief   Extended specific configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended specific configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extended FLASH
+    specific configurations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configuration of the LVE pin of the Flash (managed by power controller
+  *         or forced to low in order to use an external SMPS)
+  * @param  ConfigLVE Configuration of the LVE pin,
+  *              This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_CTRL: LVE FLASH pin controlled by power controller
+  *                @arg FLASH_LVE_PIN_FORCED: LVE FLASH pin enforced to low (external SMPS used)
+  *
+  * @note   Before enforcing the LVE pin to low, the SOC should be in low voltage
+  *         range 2 and the voltage VDD12 should be higher than 1.08V and SMPS is ON.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ConfigLVEPin(uint32_t ConfigLVE)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_LVE_PIN(ConfigLVE));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Check that the voltage scaling is range 2 */
+    if (HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange() == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+    {
+      /* Configure the LVEN bit */
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN, ConfigLVE);
+
+      /* Check that the bit has been correctly configured */
+      if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CFGR, FLASH_CFGR_LVEN) != ConfigLVE)
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Not allow to force Flash LVE pin if not in voltage range 2 */
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FLASH_CFGR_LVEN */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Mass erase of FLASH memory.
+  * @param  Banks Banks to be erased
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks)
+{
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) != 0U)
+#endif
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+    /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 1 if requested */
+    if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER1);
+    }
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    /* Set the Mass Erase Bit for the bank 2 if requested */
+    if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_2) != 0U)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  else
+  {
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2));
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Proceed to erase all sectors */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the specified FLASH memory page.
+  * @param  Page FLASH page to erase
+  *         This parameter must be a value between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+  * @param  Banks Bank(s) where the page will be erased
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Page in bank 1 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Page in bank 2 to be erased
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t Page, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(Page));
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+  }
+  else
+#endif
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(Banks));
+
+    if((Banks & FLASH_BANK_1) != 0U)
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_BKER);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(Banks);
+#endif
+
+  /* Proceed to erase the page */
+  MODIFY_REG(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PNB, ((Page & 0xFFU) << FLASH_CR_PNB_Pos));
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush the instruction and data caches.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_FlushCaches(void)
+{
+  FLASH_CacheTypeDef cache = pFlash.CacheToReactivate;
+
+  /* Flush instruction cache  */
+  if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_ENABLED) ||
+     (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED))
+  {
+    /* Reset instruction cache */
+    __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
+    /* Enable instruction cache */
+    __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
+  }
+
+  /* Flush data cache */
+  if((cache == FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED) ||
+     (cache == FLASH_CACHE_ICACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED))
+  {
+    /* Reset data cache */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
+    /* Enable data cache */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset internal variable */
+  pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the write protection of the desired pages.
+  *
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase Flash memory if the CPU debug
+  *         features are connected (JTAG or single wire) or boot code is being
+  *         executed from RAM or System flash, even if WRP is not activated.
+  * @note   To configure the WRP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+  *         cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To validate the WRP options, the option bytes must be reloaded
+  *         through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+  *
+  * @param  WRPArea specifies the area to be configured.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A  (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B  (don't apply for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  *
+  * @param  WRPStartOffset specifies the start page of the write protected area
+  *          This parameter can be page number between 0 and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+  *
+  * @param  WRDPEndOffset specifies the end page of the write protected area
+  *          This parameter can be page number between WRPStartOffset and (max number of pages in the bank - 1)
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t WRPStartOffset, uint32_t WRDPEndOffset)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRPAREA(WRPArea));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRPStartOffset));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PAGE(WRDPEndOffset));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Configure the write protected area */
+    if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END),
+                 (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+    }
+    else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END),
+                 (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+    }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END),
+                 (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+    }
+    else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END),
+                 (WRPStartOffset | (WRDPEndOffset << 16)));
+    }
+#endif
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the read protection level.
+  *
+  * @note   To configure the RDP level, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+  *         cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To validate the RDP level, the option bytes must be reloaded
+  *         through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+  * @note   !!! Warning : When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible
+  *         to go back to level 1 or 0 !!!
+  *
+  * @param  RDPLevel specifies the read protection level.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint32_t RDPLevel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(RDPLevel));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Configure the RDP level in the option bytes register */
+    MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP, RDPLevel);
+
+    /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
+  *
+  * @note   To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
+  *         be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To validate the user option bytes, the option bytes must be reloaded
+  *         through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+  *
+  * @param  UserType The FLASH User Option Bytes to be modified
+  * @param  UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values:
+  *         BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), IWDG_SW(Bit16),
+  *         IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19), BFB2(Bit20),
+  *         DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25).
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t UserType, uint32_t UserConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t optr_reg_val = 0;
+  uint32_t optr_reg_mask = 0;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_USER_TYPE(UserType));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_BOR_LEV) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* BOR level option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOR_LEVEL(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for BOR level option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BOR_LEV;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STOP) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nRST_STOP option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nRST_STOP option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STOP;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_STDBY) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nRST_STDBY option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_STANDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nRST_STDBY option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_STDBY;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nRST_SHDW) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nRST_SHDW option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SHUTDOWN(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nRST_SHDW option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nRST_SHDW;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_SW) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* IWDG_SW option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for IWDG_SW option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_SW;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STOP) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* IWDG_STOP option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STOP(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STOP option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STOP;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* IWDG_STDBY option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_IWDG_STDBY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for IWDG_STDBY option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_IWDG_STDBY;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_WWDG_SW) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* WWDG_SW option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_WWDG(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for WWDG_SW option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_WWDG_SW;
+    }
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_BFB2) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* BFB2 option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BFB2(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for BFB2 option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_BFB2);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_BFB2;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_DUALBANK) != 0U)
+    {
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+      /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DB1M);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DB1M;
+#else
+      /* DUALBANK option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_DUALBANK(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for DUALBANK option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_DUALBANK;
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT1) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nBOOT1 option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT1(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nBOOT1 option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT1;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_PE) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* SRAM2_PE option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_PARITY(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_PE option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_PE;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_SRAM2_RST) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* SRAM2_RST option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SRAM2_RST(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for SRAM2_RST option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_SRAM2_RST;
+    }
+
+#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nSWBOOT0) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nSWBOOT0 option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_SWBOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nSWBOOT0 option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nSWBOOT0;
+    }
+
+    if((UserType & OB_USER_nBOOT0) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* nBOOT0 option byte should be modified */
+      assert_param(IS_OB_USER_BOOT0(UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0));
+
+      /* Set value and mask for nBOOT0 option byte */
+      optr_reg_val |= (UserConfig & FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0);
+      optr_reg_mask |= FLASH_OPTR_nBOOT0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Configure the option bytes register */
+    MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, optr_reg_mask, optr_reg_val);
+
+    /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Proprietary code readout protection of the desired addresses.
+  *
+  * @note   To configure the PCROP options, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must be
+  *         cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To validate the PCROP options, the option bytes must be reloaded
+  *         through the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
+  *
+  * @param  PCROPConfig specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option).
+  *          This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2
+  *          with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE
+  *
+  * @param  PCROPStartAddr specifies the start address of the Proprietary code readout protection
+  *          This parameter can be an address between begin and end of the bank
+  *
+  * @param  PCROPEndAddr specifies the end address of the Proprietary code readout protection
+  *          This parameter can be an address between PCROPStartAddr and end of the bank
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_PCROPConfig(uint32_t PCROPConfig, uint32_t PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t PCROPEndAddr)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+  uint32_t reg_value;
+  uint32_t bank1_addr;
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  uint32_t bank2_addr;
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK_EXCLUSIVE(PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP_RDP(PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPStartAddr));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(PCROPEndAddr));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    /* Get the information about the bank swapping */
+    if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U)
+    {
+      bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+      bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+      bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+    }
+#else
+    bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+      if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+      {
+        reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value);
+
+        reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value);
+      }
+      else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+      {
+        reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value);
+
+        reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - FLASH_BASE) >> 4);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+      /* Configure the Proprietary code readout protection */
+      if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+      {
+        reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR, FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT, reg_value);
+
+        reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank1_addr) >> 3);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END, reg_value);
+      }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+      else if((PCROPConfig & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+      {
+        reg_value = ((PCROPStartAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR, FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT, reg_value);
+
+        reg_value = ((PCROPEndAddr - bank2_addr) >> 3);
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER, FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END, reg_value);
+      }
+#endif
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+    }
+
+    MODIFY_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER, FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP, (PCROPConfig & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP));
+
+    /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+  *
+  * @param[in]  WRPArea: specifies the area to be returned.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA: Flash Bank 1 Area A
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB: Flash Bank 1 Area B
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA: Flash Bank 2 Area A (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  *            @arg OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB: Flash Bank 2 Area B (don't apply to STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
+  *
+  * @param[out]  WRPStartOffset: specifies the address where to copied the start page
+  *                         of the write protected area
+  *
+  * @param[out]  WRDPEndOffset: specifies the address where to copied the end page of
+  *                        the write protected area
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_OB_GetWRP(uint32_t WRPArea, uint32_t * WRPStartOffset, uint32_t * WRDPEndOffset)
+{
+  /* Get the configuration of the write protected area */
+  if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAA)
+  {
+    *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
+    *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1AR, FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> 16);
+  }
+  else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK1_AREAB)
+  {
+    *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
+    *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP1BR, FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> 16);
+  }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAA)
+  {
+    *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
+    *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2AR, FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> 16);
+  }
+  else if(WRPArea == OB_WRPAREA_BANK2_AREAB)
+  {
+    *WRPStartOffset = READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
+    *WRDPEndOffset = (READ_BIT(FLASH->WRP2BR, FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> 16);
+  }
+#endif
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH Read Protection level.
+  * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
+  *         This return value can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+  */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+  uint32_t rdp_level = READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP);
+
+  if ((rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) && (rdp_level != OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))
+  {
+    return (OB_RDP_LEVEL_1);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_RDP));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+  * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values:
+  *      For STM32L47x/STM32L48x devices :
+  *         BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14),
+  *         IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19),
+  *         BFB2(Bit20), DUALBANK(Bit21), nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24) and SRAM2_RST(Bit25).
+  *      For STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices :
+  *         BOR_LEV(Bit8-10), nRST_STOP(Bit12), nRST_STDBY(Bit13), nRST_SHDW(Bit14),
+  *         IWDG_SW(Bit16), IWDG_STOP(Bit17), IWDG_STDBY(Bit18), WWDG_SW(Bit19),
+  *         nBOOT1(Bit23), SRAM2_PE(Bit24), SRAM2_RST(Bit25), nSWBOOT0(Bit26) and nBOOT0(Bit27).
+  */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+  uint32_t user_config = READ_REG(FLASH->OPTR);
+  CLEAR_BIT(user_config, FLASH_OPTR_RDP);
+
+  return user_config;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+  *
+  * @param PCROPConfig [inout]: specifies the configuration (Bank to be configured and PCROP_RDP option).
+  *          This parameter must be a combination of FLASH_BANK_1 or FLASH_BANK_2
+  *          with OB_PCROP_RDP_NOT_ERASE or OB_PCROP_RDP_ERASE
+  *
+  * @param PCROPStartAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the start address
+  *                         of the Proprietary code readout protection
+  *
+  * @param PCROPEndAddr [out]: specifies the address where to copied the end address of
+  *                       the Proprietary code readout protection
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_OB_GetPCROP(uint32_t * PCROPConfig, uint32_t * PCROPStartAddr, uint32_t * PCROPEndAddr)
+{
+  uint32_t reg_value;
+  uint32_t bank1_addr;
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  uint32_t bank2_addr;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  /* Get the information about the bank swapping */
+  if (READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_FB_MODE) == 0U)
+  {
+    bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+    bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE + FLASH_BANK_SIZE;
+    bank2_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+  }
+#else
+  bank1_addr = FLASH_BASE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+  if (READ_BIT(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK) == 0U)
+  {
+    if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+    {
+      reg_value       = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT);
+      *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE;
+
+      reg_value     = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END);
+      *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU;
+    }
+    else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+    {
+      reg_value       = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT);
+      *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE;
+
+      reg_value     = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END);
+      *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 4) + FLASH_BASE + 0xFU;;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+#endif
+  {
+    if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_1)
+    {
+      reg_value       = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1SR) & FLASH_PCROP1SR_PCROP1_STRT);
+      *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr;
+
+      reg_value     = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP1_END);
+      *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank1_addr + 0x7U;
+    }
+#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+    else if(((*PCROPConfig) & FLASH_BANK_BOTH) == FLASH_BANK_2)
+    {
+      reg_value       = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2SR) & FLASH_PCROP2SR_PCROP2_STRT);
+      *PCROPStartAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr;
+
+      reg_value     = (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP2ER) & FLASH_PCROP2ER_PCROP2_END);
+      *PCROPEndAddr = (reg_value << 3) + bank2_addr + 0x7U;
+    }
+#endif
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+  }
+
+  *PCROPConfig |= (READ_REG(FLASH->PCROP1ER) & FLASH_PCROP1ER_PCROP_RDP);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3aa7baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
+  *          This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be
+  *          executed from internal SRAM
+  *            + FLASH HalfPage Programming
+  *            + FLASH Power Down in Run mode
+  *
+  *  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Flash RAM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    *** ARM Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+         Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+         source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+         the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+         Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
+         Options for Target' dialog.
+
+    *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+    -----------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+    *** GNU Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+         "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                       opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC
+  * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH in RAM function Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### ramfunc functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Enable the Power down in Run Mode
+  * @note    This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Disable the Power down in Run Mode
+  * @note    This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the FLASH DBANK User Option Byte.
+  *
+  * @note   To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
+  *         be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
+  * @note   To modify the DBANK option byte, no PCROP region should be defined.
+  *         To deactivate PCROP, user should perform RDP changing
+  *
+  * @param  DBankConfig The FLASH DBANK User Option Byte value.
+  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_DBANK_128_BITS: Single-bank with 128-bits data
+  *            @arg OB_DBANK_64_BITS: Dual-bank with 64-bits data
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DBankConfig(uint32_t DBankConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t count, reg;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check if the PCROP is disabled */
+  reg = FLASH->PCROP1SR;
+  if (reg > FLASH->PCROP1ER)
+  {
+    reg = FLASH->PCROP2SR;
+    if (reg > FLASH->PCROP2ER)
+    {
+      /* Disable Flash prefetch */
+      __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE();
+
+      if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable Flash instruction cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Flush Flash instruction cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
+      }
+
+      if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable Flash data cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Flush Flash data cache */
+        __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 1st bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP1AR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 1st bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP1BR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 1 of 2nd bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP2AR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable WRP zone 2 of 2nd bank if needed */
+      reg = FLASH->WRP2BR;
+      if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT_Pos) <=
+          ((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END_Pos))
+      {
+        MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
+      }
+
+      /* Modify the DBANK user option byte */
+      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK, DBankConfig);
+
+      /* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      /* 8 is the number of required instruction cycles for the below loop statement (timeout expressed in ms) */
+      count = FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U);
+      do
+      {
+        if (count == 0U)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+        count--;
+      } while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET);
+
+      /* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
+
+      /* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
+
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..66f01e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+        configured by software in several modes:
+        (++) Input mode
+        (++) Analog mode
+        (++) Output mode
+        (++) Alternate function mode
+        (++) External interrupt/event lines
+
+    (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+        lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+    (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+        activated or not.
+
+    (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+        type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+    (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+        multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+       to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+       sharing the same IO pin.
+
+    (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+        lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+        connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+    (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 39 edge detectors
+        (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+        input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+        and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+        also be masked independently.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+        (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+        (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+             structure.
+        (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+             or DAC output.
+        (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+             GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+             the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+    (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+        mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+    (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+    (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+        HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+    (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+        active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+        pins).
+
+    (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+        (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+        priority over the GPIO function.
+
+    (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+        general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+        The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+  * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+  * range of the shift operator in following API :
+  * HAL_GPIO_Init
+  * HAL_GPIO_DeInit
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_MODE             (0x00000003u)
+#define ANALOG_MODE           (0x00000008u)
+#define EXTI_MODE             (0x10000000u)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT          (0x00010000u)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         (0x00020000u)
+#define RISING_EDGE           (0x00100000u)
+#define FALLING_EDGE          (0x00200000u)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      (0x00000010u)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           (16u)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+         (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+        temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+
+      /* In case of Analog mode, check if ADC control mode is selected */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)
+      {
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->ASCR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & ANALOG_MODE) >> 3) << position);
+        GPIOx->ASCR = temp;
+      }
+
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+
+      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+      temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
+      GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
+        temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+        temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->IMR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->EMR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
+      }
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+      tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+      if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
+      {
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+        EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+        EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
+
+        tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
+      }
+
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
+      GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+      GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
+
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      GPIOx->OTYPER  &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
+
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+      /* Deactivate the Control bit of Analog mode for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->ASCR &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0<< position);
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+  *
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t odr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* get current Ouput Data Register value */
+  odr = GPIOx->ODR;
+
+  /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
+  GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+  * @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+  *         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+  * @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+  *         until the next reset.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  /* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+  if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callback.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b05692d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6646 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+        I2C_HandleTypeDef  hi2c;
+
+    (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock
+        (##) I2C pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
+            (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+            (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+            (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+            (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on
+                  the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+
+    (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode,
+        Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the @ref HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware
+        (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
+
+    (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+
+    *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+      (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+      (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+      (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+      (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+           This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+
+    *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation ***
+    ==========================================================
+    [..]
+      (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition
+          when a direction change during transfer
+    [..]
+      (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer
+      (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below:
+      (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functional is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode
+      (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+                            and data to transfer without a final stop condition
+      (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+                            and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface
+                            several times (like @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+                            or @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA())
+      (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address
+                            and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+                            if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases
+      (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address
+                            and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+                            if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases
+      (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after several call of the same master sequential
+                            interface several times (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME).
+                            Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME).
+                            Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or Receive sequence permit to call the opposite interface Receive or Transmit
+                              without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition.
+      (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after each call of the same master sequential
+                            interface.
+                            Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+                              or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME).
+                            Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition.
+
+      (+) Different sequential I2C interfaces are listed below:
+      (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+            or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+      (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+            or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+      (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+      (++) Abort a master IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+      (+++) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+      (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using @ref HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+      (+++) When address slave I2C match, @ref HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read).
+      (+++) At Listen mode end @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+      (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+            or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+      (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+            or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+      (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+      (++) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+      (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+           This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =======================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+      (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+      (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+    ==============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+      (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+      (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+      (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+           This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+    *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+      (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+      (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
+          @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+      (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+
+     *** I2C HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
+
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
+      (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
+
+     *** Callback registration ***
+     =============================================
+    [..]
+     The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+     allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+     Use Functions @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback()
+     to register an interrupt callback.
+    [..]
+     Function @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+       (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+       (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback  : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback  : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+       (+) ListenCpltCallback   : callback for end of listen mode.
+       (+) MemTxCpltCallback    : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) MemRxCpltCallback    : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+       (+) ErrorCallback        : callback for error detection.
+       (+) AbortCpltCallback    : callback for abort completion process.
+       (+) MspInitCallback      : callback for Msp Init.
+       (+) MspDeInitCallback    : callback for Msp DeInit.
+     This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+     and a pointer to the user callback function.
+    [..]
+     For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback().
+    [..]
+     Use function @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+     weak function.
+     @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+     and the Callback ID.
+     This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+       (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+       (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback  : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback  : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+       (+) ListenCpltCallback   : callback for end of listen mode.
+       (+) MemTxCpltCallback    : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+       (+) MemRxCpltCallback    : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+       (+) ErrorCallback        : callback for error detection.
+       (+) AbortCpltCallback    : callback for abort completion process.
+       (+) MspInitCallback      : callback for Msp Init.
+       (+) MspDeInitCallback    : callback for Msp DeInit.
+    [..]
+     For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback().
+    [..]
+     By default, after the @ref HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET
+     all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+     examples @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+     Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+     reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when
+     these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+     If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+     keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+    [..]
+     Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only.
+     Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+     in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state,
+     thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+     Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+     using @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+     or @ref HAL_I2C_Init() function.
+    [..]
+     When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+     not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+     are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C I2C
+  * @brief I2C HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define
+  * @{
+  */
+#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK   (0xF0FFFFFFU)  /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR    (10000U)       /*!< 10 s  */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY    (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR     (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE    (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF   (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC      (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR     (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS    (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG    (25U)          /*!< 25 ms */
+
+#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE      255U
+#define SlaveAddr_SHIFT     7U
+#define SlaveAddr_MSK       0x06U
+
+/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */
+#define I2C_STATE_MSK             ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits            */
+#define I2C_STATE_NONE            ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE))                                                        /*!< Default Value                                          */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX  ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER))            /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX  ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER))            /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX   ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE))             /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum  */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX   ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE))             /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum  */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX     ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM))               /*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX     ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM))               /*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+
+
+/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT          (uint16_t)(0x0001U)   /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */
+#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT          (uint16_t)(0x0002U)   /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT */
+#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT      (uint16_t)(0x8000U)   /* Bit field can be combinated with @ref I2C_XFER_TX_IT and @ref I2C_XFER_RX_IT */
+
+#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT       (uint16_t)(0x0010U)   /* Bit definition to manage addition of global Error and NACK treatment */
+#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT        (uint16_t)(0x0020U)   /* Bit definition to manage only STOP evenement */
+#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT      (uint16_t)(0x0040U)   /* Bit definition to manage only Reload of NBYTE */
+
+/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */
+#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME     (0xFFFF0000U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                                uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                               uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+
+/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+                                                    uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+
+/* Private function to treat different error callback */
+static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+
+/* Private function to flush TXDR register */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+
+/* Private function to handle  start, restart or stop a transfer */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode,
+                               uint32_t Request);
+
+/* Private function to Convert Specific options */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Clock Timing
+        (++) Own Address 1
+        (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
+        (++) Dual Addressing mode
+        (++) Own Address 2
+        (++) Own Address 2 Mask
+        (++) General call mode
+        (++) Nostretch mode
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+  if (hi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Init the I2C Callback settings */
+    hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+    hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+    hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback  = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback;  /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback  */
+    hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback  = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback;  /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback  */
+    hi2c->ListenCpltCallback   = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback   */
+    hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback    = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback;    /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback    */
+    hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback    = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback;    /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback    */
+    hi2c->ErrorCallback        = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback;        /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback        */
+    hi2c->AbortCpltCallback    = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback;    /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback    */
+    hi2c->AddrCallback         = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback;         /* Legacy weak AddrCallback         */
+
+    if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */
+  hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */
+  hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
+
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
+  if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+  {
+    hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+  }
+  else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
+  {
+    hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */
+  if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+  {
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10);
+  }
+  /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */
+  hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE;
+
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+  hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8));
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+  hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+  if (hi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET;
+  hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User I2C Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                           pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an I2C Callback
+  *         I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback  */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback  */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback   */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback    */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback    */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback;               /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback        */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback    */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak MspInit              */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit;               /* Legacy weak MspDeInit            */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak MspInit              */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit;               /* Legacy weak MspDeInit            */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+  *         Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+  {
+    hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                          uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+
+    while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+      if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                         uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+      if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
+    if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+    {
+      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */
+        /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+        /* Store Last receive data if any */
+        if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
+        {
+          /* Read data from RXDR */
+          *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+          /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+          hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+          hi2c->XferCount--;
+        }
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                             uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                              uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+    {
+      if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+        /* Set the DMA error callback */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+        /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+        /* Enable the DMA channel */
+        dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Send Slave Address */
+        /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+        /* Update XferCount value */
+        hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                  to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                  process unlock */
+        /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+        I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+      hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+      /* possible to enable all of these */
+      /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                             uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+    {
+      if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+        /* Set the DMA error callback */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+        /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+        /* Enable the DMA channel */
+        dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Send Slave Address */
+        /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+        /* Update XferCount value */
+        hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                  to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                  process unlock */
+        /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+        I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+      hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+      /* possible to enable all of these */
+      /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+      /* Enable DMA Request */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+      /* Enable DMA Request */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                    uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+      if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+      }
+
+    } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                   uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hi2c->XferISR   = NULL;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+      if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t) hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+      }
+    } while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode  = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                       uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                      uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                        uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+      /* Update XferCount value */
+      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+      /* Enable DMA Request */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be read
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                       uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    hi2c->State       = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode        = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+      /* Update XferCount value */
+      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+      /* Enable DMA Request */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks if target device is ready for communication.
+  * @note   This function is used with Memory devices
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  Trials Number of trials
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0UL;
+
+  FlagStatus tmp1;
+  FlagStatus tmp2;
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Generate Start */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress);
+
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+      while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET))
+      {
+        if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+          {
+            /* Update I2C state */
+            hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+            /* Update I2C error code */
+            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+            return HAL_ERROR;
+          }
+        }
+
+        tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+        tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
+      if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
+      {
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Device is ready */
+        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear NACK Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
+      if (I2C_Trials == Trials)
+      {
+        /* Generate Stop */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+      }
+
+      /* Increment Trials */
+      I2C_Trials++;
+    } while (I2C_Trials < Trials);
+
+    /* Update I2C state */
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Update I2C error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                                 uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+    }
+
+    /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+    /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+    if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+    {
+      xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+      I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+      /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+      if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                                  uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+    }
+
+    /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+    /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+    if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+    {
+      xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+      I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+      /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+      if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+    {
+      if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+        /* Set the DMA error callback */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+        /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+        /* Enable the DMA channel */
+        dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+        /* Update XferCount value */
+        hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                  to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                  process unlock */
+        /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+        I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+      hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+      /* possible to enable all of these */
+      /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                                uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+    /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+    }
+
+    /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+    /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+    if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+    {
+      xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+      I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+      /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+      if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData,
+                                                 uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+  uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+    /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+      xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+      xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+    }
+
+    /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+    /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+    if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+    {
+      xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+      I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+      /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+      if (hi2c->XferCount <= MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+    {
+      if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+        /* Set the DMA error callback */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+        /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+        /* Enable the DMA channel */
+        dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+        /* Update XferCount value */
+        hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                  to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                  process unlock */
+        /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+        I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update I2C state */
+        hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Update I2C error code */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+      hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+                to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+                process unlock */
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+      /* possible to enable all of these */
+      /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                                uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+    /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+      /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+        if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA RX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+      /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+    to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+    process unlock */
+    /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                                 uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+    /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+      {
+        /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+        if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+        {
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA RX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+        /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+        if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA TX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Update XferCount value */
+      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+      /* Reset XferSize */
+      hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+      /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+    to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+    process unlock */
+    /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                               uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+    /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+        /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+        if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA TX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+    if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+      /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+    to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+    process unlock */
+    /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @note   This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  pData Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+                                                uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+  if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+    /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+      {
+        /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+        if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+        {
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA TX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+    {
+      if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+        /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+        if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+           will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+          /* Abort DMA RX */
+          if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+            hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr    = pData;
+    hi2c->XferCount   = Size;
+    hi2c->XferSize    = hi2c->XferCount;
+    hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+    hi2c->XferISR     = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Update XferCount value */
+      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+      /* Reset XferSize */
+      hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Update I2C state */
+      hi2c->State     = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+      hi2c->Mode      = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Update I2C error code */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+      /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+    to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+    process unlock */
+    /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+    /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode);
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+    hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+    /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress)
+{
+  if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+      hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+      hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Do nothing */
+    }
+
+    /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT;
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */
+    /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */
+    I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Wrong usage of abort function */
+    /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */
+  uint32_t itflags   = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+  uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/
+  if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL)
+  {
+    hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t itflags   = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+  uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+  uint32_t tmperror;
+
+  /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR;
+
+    /* Clear BERR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
+  }
+
+  /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR;
+
+    /* Clear OVR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
+  }
+
+  /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+    /* Clear ARLO flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+  }
+
+  /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+  tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+  /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
+  if ((tmperror & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) !=  HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    I2C_ITError(hi2c, tmperror);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/** @brief  Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Address Match callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION
+  * @param  AddrMatchCode Address Match Code
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+  UNUSED(TransferDirection);
+  UNUSED(AddrMatchCode);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Listen Complete callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Tx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C error callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C abort callback.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the I2C handle state.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Return I2C handle state */
+  return hi2c->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL mode
+  */
+HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  return hi2c->Mode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the I2C error code.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @retval I2C Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  return hi2c->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @param  ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+  uint16_t devaddress;
+  uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+    /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+    /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+    /* Flush TX register */
+    I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+    tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+    /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+    hi2c->XferSize--;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Write data to TXDR */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+    /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+    hi2c->XferSize--;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+  {
+    if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+    {
+      devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+        if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+        {
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+      if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+        I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+        /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+        I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+  {
+    if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+        if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+        {
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+          I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+      I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+    I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @param  ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+  uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  /* Check if STOPF is set */
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+    I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+  }
+
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+    /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+    /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
+    /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+      if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME))
+      {
+        /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+        I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+      }
+      else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+      {
+        /* Clear NACK Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+        /* Flush TX register */
+        I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+        /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+        /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+        I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Clear NACK Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+      /* Clear NACK Flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+      /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+      if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+      {
+        /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+        I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+  {
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+    }
+
+    if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \
+        (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+    {
+      /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+      I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && \
+           (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+  {
+    I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
+    /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment      */
+    /* Check if all data have already been sent */
+    /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+      /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+      hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+      {
+        /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+        /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+        I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @param  ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+  uint16_t devaddress;
+  uint32_t xfermode;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+    /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+    /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */
+    /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+    /* Flush TX register */
+    I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Disable TC interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI);
+
+    if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Recover Slave address */
+      devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */
+      if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+      {
+        hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+        xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+        if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+        {
+          xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */
+      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+      /* Update XferCount value */
+      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+      /* Enable DMA Request */
+      if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+      if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+        I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+        /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+        I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+  {
+    if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+        if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+        {
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+          I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+      I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+    I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @param  ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+  uint32_t treatdmanack = 0U;
+  HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+  /* Check if STOPF is set */
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+    I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+  }
+
+  if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+    /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+    /* Mean XferCount == 0 */
+    /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+    if ((I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) ||
+        (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET))
+    {
+      /* Split check of hdmarx, for MISRA compliance */
+      if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+      {
+        if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+        {
+          if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U)
+          {
+            treatdmanack = 1U;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Split check of hdmatx, for MISRA compliance  */
+      if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+      {
+        if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+        {
+          if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx) == 0U)
+          {
+            treatdmanack = 1U;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (treatdmanack == 1U)
+      {
+        /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+        if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME))
+        {
+          /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+          I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+        }
+        else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+        {
+          /* Clear NACK Flag */
+          __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+          /* Flush TX register */
+          I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+          /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+          /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+          I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Clear NACK Flag */
+          __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+        /* Clear NACK Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+        /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+        /* Store current hi2c->State, solve MISRA2012-Rule-13.5 */
+        tmpstate = hi2c->State;
+
+        if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+        {
+          if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN))
+          {
+            hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+          }
+          else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN))
+          {
+            hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* Do nothing */
+          }
+
+          /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+          I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Only Clear NACK Flag, no DMA treatment is pending */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+  {
+    I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                                uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+  if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+  if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+  *         in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+  * @param  MemAddress Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress,
+                                               uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+  if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TC flag is set */
+  if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Address complete process callback.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+  uint8_t transferdirection;
+  uint16_t slaveaddrcode;
+  uint16_t ownadd1code;
+  uint16_t ownadd2code;
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ITFlags);
+
+  /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */
+  if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+  {
+    transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c);
+    slaveaddrcode     = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c);
+    ownadd1code       = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c);
+    ownadd2code       = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c);
+
+    /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */
+    if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+    {
+      if ((slaveaddrcode & SlaveAddr_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SlaveAddr_SHIFT) & SlaveAddr_MSK))
+      {
+        slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code;
+        hi2c->AddrEventCount++;
+        if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U)
+        {
+          /* Reset Address Event counter */
+          hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U;
+
+          /* Clear ADDR flag */
+          __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+          /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+          HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code;
+
+        /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+        I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+        HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+    /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+      I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+      HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* Else clear address flag only */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Master sequential complete process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+  /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */
+  /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->XferISR       = NULL;
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+  else
+  {
+    hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->XferISR       = NULL;
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Slave sequential complete process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+  /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */
+  if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+  {
+    /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+    hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+  {
+    /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+    hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Disable Interrupts */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Master complete process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+  uint32_t tmperror;
+  uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  /* Clear STOP Flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+  /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+  }
+  else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }
+
+  /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+  I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+  /* Reset handle parameters */
+  hi2c->XferISR       = NULL;
+  hi2c->XferOptions   = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+
+  if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Set acknowledge error code */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+  }
+
+  /* Fetch Last receive data if any */
+  if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) && (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    tmpreg = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg);
+  }
+
+  /* Flush TX register */
+  I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+  /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+  tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+  /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+  if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) || (tmperror != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE))
+  {
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+    I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+  }
+  /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */
+  else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+    {
+      hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+      HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+      HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+  else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+    {
+      hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+      HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+      HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Slave complete process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+  uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+  HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State;
+
+  /* Clear STOP Flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+  /* Disable Interrupts and Store Previous state */
+  if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN))
+  {
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+  }
+  else if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN))
+  {
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }
+
+  /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+  /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+  I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+  /* Flush TX register */
+  I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+  /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */
+  if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }
+
+  /* Store Last receive data if any */
+  if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+    tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+    /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+    if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */
+  if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+  }
+
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+  hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+  if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+    I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+
+    /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+      I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+  {
+    /* Call the Sequential Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Transfer */
+    I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+  else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Listen complete process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+  /* Reset handle parameters */
+  hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+  hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+  hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+  hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+  /* Store Last receive data if any */
+  if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+    /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+    if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize--;
+      hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+      /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable all Interrupts*/
+  I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+  /* Clear NACK Flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+  HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C interrupts error process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  ErrorCode Error code to handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode)
+{
+  HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State;
+  uint32_t tmppreviousstate;
+
+  /* Reset handle parameters */
+  hi2c->Mode          = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+  hi2c->XferOptions   = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+  hi2c->XferCount     = 0U;
+
+  /* Set new error code */
+  hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode;
+
+  /* Disable Interrupts */
+  if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)         ||
+      (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) ||
+      (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN))
+  {
+    /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */
+    hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+    hi2c->XferISR       = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable all interrupts */
+    I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+    /* If state is an abort treatment on going, don't change state */
+    /* This change will be do later */
+    if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+    {
+      /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */
+      hi2c->State         = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    hi2c->XferISR       = NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */
+  tmppreviousstate = hi2c->PreviousState;
+  if ((hi2c->hdmatx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || \
+                                 (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)))
+  {
+    if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+    {
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+
+    if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+       will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Abort DMA TX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+        hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */
+  else if ((hi2c->hdmarx != NULL) && ((tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || \
+                                      (tmppreviousstate == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)))
+  {
+    if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+    {
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+
+    if (HAL_DMA_GetState(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+        will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      /* Abort DMA RX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+        hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Error callback treatment.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_TreatErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C Tx data register flush process.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */
+  /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */
+  if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET)
+  {
+    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U;
+  }
+
+  /* Flush TX register if not empty */
+  if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+  /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+  if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+  }
+  /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+    /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+      I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable TC interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+  if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+    /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+    I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+    /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+    /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+  /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+  if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+    I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+  }
+  /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update Buffer pointer */
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+    /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+    if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+      I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable TC interrupts */
+      I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+  if ((__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) && \
+      (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+    I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+    /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+    /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C communication error callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+  /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+  I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback
+  *        (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure).
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */
+  if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+  }
+  if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+  }
+
+  I2C_TreatErrorCallback(hi2c);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check.
+  * @param  Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+                                                    uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+    if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+    if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+      hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+    if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if a STOPF is detected */
+    if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+    {
+      /* Check if an RXNE is pending */
+      /* Store Last receive data if any */
+      if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+      {
+        /* Return HAL_OK */
+        /* The Reading of data from RXDR will be done in caller function */
+        return HAL_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+        I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+        hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+        hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */
+    /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */
+    while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+          hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+          hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear NACKF Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Flush TX register */
+    I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+    hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @param  DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
+  * @param  Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode .
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode.
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode.
+  * @param  Request New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition.
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request.
+  *     @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode,
+                               uint32_t Request)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
+
+  /* update CR2 register */
+  MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2,
+             ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | \
+               (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31U - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)), \
+             (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) |
+                        (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the enabling of Interrupts.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+  if ((hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) || \
+      (hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA))
+  {
+    if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+    }
+
+    if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+    }
+
+    if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= (I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_TCI);
+    }
+
+    if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable TC interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, and ADDR interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+    }
+
+    if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+    }
+
+    if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+    }
+
+    if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+    {
+      /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable interrupts only at the end */
+  /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */
+  /* all interrupts requested done */
+  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the disabling of Interrupts.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+  * @param  InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+  if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+  {
+    /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+
+    if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+  {
+    /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+
+    if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+    {
+      /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+      tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+  {
+    /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+  }
+
+  if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+  {
+    /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+  }
+
+  if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+  {
+    /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+  }
+
+  if (InterruptRequest == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+  {
+    /* Enable TC interrupts */
+    tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable interrupts only at the end */
+  /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */
+  /* all disable interrupts request are not done */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functional XferOptions.
+  * @param  hi2c I2C handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME            */
+  /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+  /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME                    */
+  if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+  {
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME;
+  }
+  /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */
+  /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition    */
+  /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer    */
+  /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME              */
+  else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME)
+  {
+    hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c304bf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### I2C peripheral Extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+       (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+  * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+  * @brief    Extended features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+      (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+      (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+    /* Set analog filter bit*/
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+    tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+    /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+    tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..83554ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2756 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+     (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+         PCD_HandleTypeDef  hpcd;
+
+     (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
+
+     (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
+
+     (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
+         (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
+              (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device only FS peripheral
+
+         (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+         (##) Configure PCD pin-out
+         (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
+
+     (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
+         (##) hpcd.pData = pdev;
+
+     (#)Enable PCD transmission and reception:
+         (##) HAL_PCD_Start();
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD PCD
+  * @brief PCD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PCD_MIN(a, b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define PCD_MAX(a, b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_EPTypeDef *ep, uint16_t wEPVal);
+static uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_EPTypeDef *ep, uint16_t wEPVal);
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PCD according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+  uint8_t i;
+
+  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+  if (hpcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance));
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+    hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+    hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+    hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+    hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+    hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+    hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+    hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback;
+    hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback;
+    hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback;
+    hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback;
+    hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback;
+    hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback;
+
+    if (hpcd->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    hpcd->MspInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+    HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  /* Disable DMA mode for FS instance */
+  if ((USBx->CID & (0x1U << 8)) == 0U)
+  {
+    hpcd->Init.dma_enable = 0U;
+  }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  /* Disable the Interrupts */
+  __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+  /*Init the Core (common init.) */
+  if (USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_ERROR;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Force Device Mode*/
+  (void)USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance, USB_DEVICE_MODE);
+
+  /* Init endpoints structures */
+  for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    /* Init ep structure */
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1U;
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i;
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
+    /* Control until ep is activated */
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+    hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0U;
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i;
+    /* Control until ep is activated */
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+    hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+  }
+
+  /* Init Device */
+  if (USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_ERROR;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Activate LPM */
+  if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    (void)HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd);
+  }
+  
+  (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+  if (hpcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Stop Device */
+  if (USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  if (hpcd->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  hpcd->MspDeInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
+  HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PCD MSP.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes PCD MSP.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User USB PCD Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd USB PCD handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pPCD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SOFCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SetupStageCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ResetCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SuspendCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ResumeCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ConnectCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->DisconnectCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an USB PCD Callback
+  *         USB PCD callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd USB PCD handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  /* Setup Legacy weak Callbacks  */
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataOutStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+  *         USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataOutStageCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataInStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->DataInStageCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+  *         USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataInStageCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoOutIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+  *         USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOOUTIncompleteCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoInIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+  *         USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOINIncompleteCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD BCD Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD BCD Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_BcdCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->BCDCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD BCD Callback
+  *         USB BCD Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register USB PCD LPM Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the USB PCD LPM Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_LpmCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->LPMCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister the USB PCD LPM Callback
+  *         USB LPM Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the USB device
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Enable USB Transceiver */
+    USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+  }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+  __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the USB device.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, 0x10U);
+
+  if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Disable USB Transceiver */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+  }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles PCD interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i, ep_intr, epint, epnum;
+  uint32_t fifoemptymsk, temp;
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  /* ensure that we are in device mode */
+  if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE)
+  {
+    /* avoid spurious interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd))
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
+    {
+      /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
+    {
+      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+
+      temp = USBx->GRXSTSP;
+
+      ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM];
+
+      if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_DATA_UPDT)
+      {
+        if ((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0U)
+        {
+          (void)USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff,
+                               (uint16_t)((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4));
+
+          ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+          ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_SETUP_UPDT)
+      {
+        (void)USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8U);
+        ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* ... */
+      }
+      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT))
+    {
+      epnum = 0U;
+
+      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+      while (ep_intr != 0U)
+      {
+        if ((ep_intr & 0x1U) != 0U)
+        {
+          epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t)epnum);
+
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC);
+            (void)PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(hpcd, epnum);
+          }
+
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP);
+            /* Class B setup phase done for previous decoded setup */
+            (void)PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(hpcd, epnum);
+          }
+
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS);
+          }
+
+          /* Clear Status Phase Received interrupt */
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR);
+          }
+
+          /* Clear OUT NAK interrupt */
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_NAK);
+          }
+        }
+        epnum++;
+        ep_intr >>= 1U;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT))
+    {
+      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+      epnum = 0U;
+
+      while (ep_intr != 0U)
+      {
+        if ((ep_intr & 0x1U) != 0U) /* In ITR */
+        {
+          epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t)epnum);
+
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC)
+          {
+            fifoemptymsk = (uint32_t)(0x1UL << (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+            USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+            hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+            HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+          }
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC);
+          }
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE);
+          }
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE);
+          }
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD);
+          }
+          if ((epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE)
+          {
+            (void)PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd, epnum);
+          }
+        }
+        epnum++;
+        ep_intr >>= 1U;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Resume Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT))
+    {
+      /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+
+      if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+      {
+        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#else
+        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+        HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP))
+    {
+      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP);
+    }
+    
+    /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT))
+    {
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT);
+
+      if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+      {
+        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+        hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >> 2U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#else
+        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Handle Reset Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST))
+    {
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+      (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, 0x10U);
+
+      for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+      }
+      USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001U;
+
+      if (hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1 != 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM;
+
+        USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM |
+                                  USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM |
+                                  USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM |
+                                USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM |
+                                USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM |
+                                USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_OTEPSPRM |
+                                USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_NAKM;
+
+        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM |
+                                USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM |
+                                USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM;
+      }
+
+      /* Set Default Address to 0 */
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
+
+      /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */
+      (void)USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE))
+    {
+      (void)USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance);
+      hpcd->Init.speed = USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance);
+
+      /* Set USB Turnaround time */
+      (void)USB_SetTurnaroundTime(hpcd->Instance,
+                                  HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(),
+                                  (uint8_t)hpcd->Init.speed);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle SOF Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
+    {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
+    {
+      /* Keep application checking the corresponding Iso IN endpoint
+      causing the incomplete Interrupt */
+      epnum = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
+    {
+      /* Keep application checking the corresponding Iso OUT endpoint
+      causing the incomplete Interrupt */
+      epnum = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT))
+    {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->ConnectCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */
+    if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT))
+    {
+      temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT;
+
+      if ((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+        HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles PCD interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR))
+  {
+    /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */
+    /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */
+    (void)PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd);
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+    HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+    (void)HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0U);
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR))
+  {
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR);
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP))
+  {
+    hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_LPMODE);
+    hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_FSUSP);
+
+    if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+    {
+      hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+    HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP);
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP))
+  {
+    /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */
+    hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+    /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP);
+
+    hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+    HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ))
+  {
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ);
+    if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+    {
+      /* Force suspend and low-power mode before going to L1 state*/
+      hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+      hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+      hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+      hpcd->BESL = ((uint32_t)hpcd->Instance->LPMCSR & USB_LPMCSR_BESL) >> 2;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF))
+  {
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+    HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF))
+  {
+    /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */
+    __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data OUT stage callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data IN stage callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Setup stage callback
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB Start Of Frame callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB Reset callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Incomplete ISO IN callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connection event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnection event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connect the USB device
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Enable USB Transceiver */
+    USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+  }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+  (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnect the USB device.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+  if (hpcd->Init.battery_charging_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Disable USB Transceiver */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+  }
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the USB Device address.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  address new device address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  hpcd->USB_Address = address;
+  (void)USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Open and configure an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_mps endpoint max packet size
+  * @param  ep_type endpoint type
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  ret = HAL_OK;
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 0U;
+  }
+
+  ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+  ep->maxpacket = ep_mps;
+  ep->type = ep_type;
+
+  if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Assign a Tx FIFO */
+    ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num;
+  }
+  /* Set initial data PID. */
+  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+  {
+    ep->data_pid_start = 0U;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 0U;
+  }
+  ep->num   = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  pBuf pointer to the reception buffer
+  * @param  len amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+  /*setup and start the Xfer */
+  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+  ep->xfer_len = len;
+  ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+  ep->is_in = 0U;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+  {
+    (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get Received Data Size
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @retval Data Size
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK].xfer_count;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Send an amount of data
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  pBuf pointer to the transmission buffer
+  * @param  len amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+  /*setup and start the Xfer */
+  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+  ep->xfer_len = len;
+#if defined (USB)
+  ep->xfer_fill_db = 1U;
+  ep->xfer_len_db = len;
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+  ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+  ep->is_in = 1U;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+  {
+    (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set a STALL condition over an endpoint
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+    ep->is_in = 0U;
+  }
+
+  ep->is_stall = 1U;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  (void)USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+  {
+    (void)USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+  }
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & 0x0FU) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+    ep->is_in = 0U;
+  }
+
+  ep->is_stall = 0U;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  (void)USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush an endpoint
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, (uint32_t)ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  return (USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  return (USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the PCD handle state.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  return hpcd->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+  uint32_t len;
+  uint32_t len32b;
+  uint32_t fifoemptymsk;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum];
+
+  if (ep->xfer_count > ep->xfer_len)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+  if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+  {
+    len = ep->maxpacket;
+  }
+
+  len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+  while (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) >= len32b) &&
+         (ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len) && (ep->xfer_len != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Write the FIFO */
+    len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+    if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+    {
+      len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+    len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+    (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (uint8_t)epnum, (uint16_t)len);
+
+    ep->xfer_buff  += len;
+    ep->xfer_count += len;
+  }
+
+  if (ep->xfer_len <= ep->xfer_count)
+  {
+    fifoemptymsk = (uint32_t)(0x1UL << (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+    USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  process EP OUT transfer complete interrupt.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutXfrComplete_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+  uint32_t DoepintReg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
+
+  if (gSNPSiD == USB_OTG_CORE_ID_310A)
+  {
+    /* StupPktRcvd = 1 this is a setup packet */
+    if ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX)
+    {
+      CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR)
+      {
+        CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPSPR);
+      }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#else
+    HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, (uint8_t)epnum);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  process EP OUT setup packet received interrupt.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum endpoint number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_OutSetupPacket_int(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+  uint32_t DoepintReg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
+
+  if ((gSNPSiD > USB_OTG_CORE_ID_300A) &&
+      ((DoepintReg & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX))
+  {
+    CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STPKTRX);
+  }
+
+  /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hpcd->SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+  HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+  uint16_t count, wIstr, wEPVal, TxByteNbre;
+  uint8_t epindex;
+
+  /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */
+  while ((hpcd->Instance->ISTR & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0U)
+  {
+    wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR;
+    /* extract highest priority endpoint number */
+    epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID);
+
+    if (epindex == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */
+
+      /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */
+      if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0U)
+      {
+        /* DIR = 0 */
+
+        /* DIR = 0 => IN  int */
+        /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */
+        PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+        ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0];
+
+        ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+        ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+        /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+        HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+        if ((hpcd->USB_Address > 0U) && (ep->xfer_len == 0U))
+        {
+          hpcd->Instance->DADDR = ((uint16_t)hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF);
+          hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* DIR = 1 */
+
+        /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */
+        /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */
+        ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0];
+        wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+        if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Get SETUP Packet */
+          ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+          USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup,
+                      ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+          /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1 */
+          PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+          /* Process SETUP Packet*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+          hpcd->SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+          HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+        {
+          PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+          /* Get Control Data OUT Packet */
+          ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+          if ((ep->xfer_count != 0U) && (ep->xfer_buff != 0U))
+          {
+            USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff,
+                        ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+            ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+            /* Process Control Data OUT Packet */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+            hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+            HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+          }
+
+          PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket);
+          PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */
+      /* process related endpoint register */
+      wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* clear int flag */
+        PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+        ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex];
+
+        /* OUT Single Buffering */
+        if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+        {
+          count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+          if (count != 0U)
+          {
+            USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* manage double buffer bulk out */
+          if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+          {
+            count = HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Receive(hpcd, ep, wEPVal);
+          }
+          else /* manage double buffer iso out */
+          {
+            /* free EP OUT Buffer */
+            PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 0U);
+
+            if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+            {
+              /* read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer */
+              count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+              if (count != 0U)
+              {
+                USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count);
+              }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              /* read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer */
+              count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+              if (count != 0U)
+              {
+                USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint */
+        ep->xfer_count += count;
+        ep->xfer_buff += count;
+
+        if ((ep->xfer_len == 0U) || (count < ep->maxpacket))
+        {
+          /* RX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+          hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+          HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          (void) USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+        }
+
+      }
+
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0U)
+      {
+        ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex];
+
+        /* clear int flag */
+        PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+
+        /* Manage all non bulk transaction or Bulk Single Buffer Transaction */
+        if ((ep->type != EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+            ((ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) && ((wEPVal & USB_EP_KIND) == 0U)))
+        {
+          /* multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint */
+          TxByteNbre = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+          if (ep->xfer_len > TxByteNbre)
+          {
+            ep->xfer_len -= TxByteNbre;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+          }
+
+          /* Zero Length Packet? */
+          if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+          {
+            /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+            hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+            HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* Transfer is not yet Done */
+            ep->xfer_buff += TxByteNbre;
+            ep->xfer_count += TxByteNbre;
+            (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+          }
+        }
+        /* bulk in double buffer enable in case of transferLen> Ep_Mps */
+        else
+        {
+          (void)HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Transmit(hpcd, ep, wEPVal);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage double buffer bulk out transaction from ISR
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep current endpoint handle
+  * @param  wEPVal Last snapshot of EPRx register value taken in ISR
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
+                                      PCD_EPTypeDef *ep, uint16_t wEPVal)
+{
+  uint16_t count;
+
+  /* Manage Buffer0 OUT */
+  if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* Get count of received Data on buffer0 */
+    count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len >= count)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len -= count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+    }
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      /* set NAK to OUT endpoint since double buffer is enabled */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_NAK);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if Buffer1 is in blocked sate which requires to toggle */
+    if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 0U);
+    }
+
+    if (count != 0U)
+    {
+      USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Manage Buffer 1 DTOG_RX=0 */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get count of received data */
+    count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len >= count)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len -= count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+    }
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      /* set NAK on the current endpoint */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_NAK);
+    }
+
+    /*Need to FreeUser Buffer*/
+    if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) == 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 0U);
+    }
+
+    if (count != 0U)
+    {
+      USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage double buffer bulk IN transaction from ISR
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  ep current endpoint handle
+  * @param  wEPVal Last snapshot of EPRx register value taken in ISR
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_DB_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
+                                                PCD_EPTypeDef *ep, uint16_t wEPVal)
+{
+  uint32_t len;
+  uint16_t TxByteNbre;
+
+  /* Data Buffer0 ACK received */
+  if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint */
+    TxByteNbre = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len > TxByteNbre)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len -= TxByteNbre;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+    }
+    /* Transfer is completed */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+      {
+        PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 1U);
+      }
+    }
+    else /* Transfer is not yet Done */
+    {
+      /* need to Free USB Buff */
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+      {
+        PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 1U);
+      }
+
+      /* Still there is data to Fill in the next Buffer */
+      if (ep->xfer_fill_db == 1U)
+      {
+        ep->xfer_buff += TxByteNbre;
+        ep->xfer_count += TxByteNbre;
+
+        /* Calculate the len of the new buffer to fill */
+        if (ep->xfer_len_db >= ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          len = ep->maxpacket;
+          ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+        }
+        else if (ep->xfer_len_db == 0U)
+        {
+          len = TxByteNbre;
+          ep->xfer_fill_db = 0U;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          ep->xfer_fill_db = 0U;
+          len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+          ep->xfer_len_db = 0U;
+        }
+
+        /* Write remaining Data to Buffer */
+        /* Set the Double buffer counter for pma buffer1 */
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+
+        /* Copy user buffer to USB PMA */
+        USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff,  ep->pmaaddr0, (uint16_t)len);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else /* Data Buffer1 ACK received */
+  {
+    /* multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint */
+    TxByteNbre = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len >= TxByteNbre)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len -= TxByteNbre;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+    }
+
+    /* Transfer is completed */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+      HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      /*need to Free USB Buff*/
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) == 0U)
+      {
+        PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 1U);
+      }
+    }
+    else /* Transfer is not yet Done */
+    {
+      /* need to Free USB Buff */
+      if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) == 0U)
+      {
+        PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 1U);
+      }
+
+      /* Still there is data to Fill in the next Buffer */
+      if (ep->xfer_fill_db == 1U)
+      {
+        ep->xfer_buff += TxByteNbre;
+        ep->xfer_count += TxByteNbre;
+
+        /* Calculate the len of the new buffer to fill */
+        if (ep->xfer_len_db >= ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          len = ep->maxpacket;
+          ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+        }
+        else if (ep->xfer_len_db == 0U)
+        {
+          len = TxByteNbre;
+          ep->xfer_fill_db = 0U;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+          ep->xfer_len_db = 0U;
+          ep->xfer_fill_db = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+
+        /* Copy the user buffer to USB PMA */
+        USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff,  ep->pmaaddr1, (uint16_t)len);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*enable endpoint IN*/
+  PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0c75425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PCD Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Tx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  fifo The number of Tx fifo
+  * @param  size Fifo size
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
+{
+  uint8_t i;
+  uint32_t Tx_Offset;
+
+  /*  TXn min size = 16 words. (n  : Transmit FIFO index)
+      When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
+          case 1 :  n > m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
+         case2  :  n < m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
+     The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
+         of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
+     When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
+
+  Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
+
+  if (fifo == 0U)
+  {
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
+    for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
+    {
+      Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
+    }
+
+    /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Rx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  size Size of Rx fifo
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
+{
+  hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+  USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+
+  /* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
+  while ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+    {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Right response got */
+  HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+  /* Check Detect flag*/
+  if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /*Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+  (without charging capability) */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+  USBx->GCCFG |=  USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+  if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+    Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+    USBx->GCCFG |=  USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+    if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
+    {
+      /* case Dedicated Charging Port  */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* case Charging Downstream Port  */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
+  (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+  HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+
+  /* Power Down USB transceiver  */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+  /* Enable Battery charging */
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN;
+
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
+
+  /* Disable Battery charging */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
+
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure PMA for EP
+  * @param  hpcd  Device instance
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_kind endpoint Kind
+  *                  USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+  *                  USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+  * @param  pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+  *                   this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+  *                   in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+  *                   In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+  *                   is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+  *                   in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+  *                   in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
+                                       uint16_t ep_addr,
+                                       uint16_t ep_kind,
+                                       uint32_t pmaadress)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  /* initialize ep structure*/
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+
+  /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+  if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+  {
+    /* Single Buffer */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+  }
+  else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
+  {
+    /* Double Buffer Endpoint */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
+    ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+  /* Enable BCD feature */
+  USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
+
+  /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+  USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+  /* Disable BCD feature */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
+  while ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+    {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+  /* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
+  if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  /* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+  (without charging capability) */
+  USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+  USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+  /* If Charger detect ? */
+  if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
+  {
+    /* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+    Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+    USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+    USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+    HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+    /* If CDP ? */
+    if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
+    {
+      /* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+      HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else /* NO */
+  {
+    /* Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+    HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
+  (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+  HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+  USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
+  USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+
+  USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
+  USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bee73b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               ((uint32_t)0x00010000)  /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              ((uint32_t)0x00020000)  /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVD threshold crossing        */
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVD trigger                 */
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVD trigger                */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable access to the backup domain
+  *        (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+  * @note  After reset, the backup domain is protected against
+  *        possible unwanted write accesses.
+  * @note  RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC back-up domain.
+  *        In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be
+  *        disabled.
+  * @note  LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the
+  *        back-up domain.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable access to the backup domain
+  *        (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+     [..]
+     *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register).
+
+      (+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode.
+          The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high
+          level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
+
+
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      The devices feature 8 low-power modes:
+      (+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on.
+      (+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on.
+      (+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode.
+      (+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
+      (+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+      (+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off.
+
+
+   *** Low-power run mode ***
+   ==========================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry: (from main run mode)
+        (++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
+
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only
+             then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
+
+
+   *** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
+   =========================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API
+          in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered.
+          (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
+          (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode).
+          In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+      (+) WFI Exit:
+        (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+             controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event.
+
+      (+) WFE Exit:
+        (++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode.
+
+         [..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+             the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
+
+   *** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes ***
+   ===============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered thru the following API's:
+          (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0 or HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1 or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode().
+          (++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2.
+      (+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only):
+          (++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
+          (++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
+      (+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+
+      (+) WFI Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode.
+          (++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts
+               when programmed in wakeup mode.
+      (+) WFE Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
+
+       [..]
+          When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
+          depending on the LPR bit setting.
+          When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode.
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode offers two options:
+      (+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode).
+        SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+        and Standby circuitry.
+      (+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled).
+        SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
+        and Standby circuitry.
+
+      (++) Entry:
+          (+++) The Standby mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API.
+                SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+                Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+                To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+                to set RRS bit.
+
+      (++) Exit:
+          (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+                external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+      [..]    After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+    *** Shutdown mode ***
+   ======================
+     [..]
+      In Shutdown mode,
+        voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared.
+        SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Shutdown mode is entered thru HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API.
+
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
+               external reset in NRST pin.
+
+         [..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
+
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+      The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
+      an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+      (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes
+
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+             configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+             is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+             HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+              configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD
+  *        configuration information.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity
+  *         i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+  *
+  *         or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and
+  *         the chosen polarity:
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
+  * @note  PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+  /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
+    (rising or falling edge) */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
+
+  /* Enable wake-up pin */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
+
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode)
+  * @note  Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode. Therefore, if not yet
+  *        in Low-power Run mode before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set
+  *        to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
+  *        Flash in power-down monde in setting the SLEEP_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
+  *        Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
+  *        Setting SLEEP_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
+  *        be done before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API.
+  * @note  When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in
+  *        Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
+  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction
+  * @note  When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
+  *        the interrupt wake up source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Set Regulator parameter */
+  if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
+  {
+    /* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
+    {
+      if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return ;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Regulator now in main mode. */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
+       The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == RESET)
+    {
+      HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Stop mode
+  * @note  This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy code running
+  *        on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON.
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+  *        the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+  *        (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+  *        after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+  *        only to the peripheral requesting it.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  *        The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1).
+  * @note  When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+  *         is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON  Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON  Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON)
+  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI  Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction.
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE  Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+
+  if(Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON)
+  {
+    HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Standby mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
+  *        off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved
+  *        in which case the regulator is in low-power mode.
+  *        SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
+  *        Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
+  *        To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
+  *        to set RRS bit.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  * @note  The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
+  *        HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and
+  *        Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the
+  *        same.
+  *        These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through
+  *        HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Set Stand-by mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STANDBY);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..972a0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1477 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+  * @brief PWR Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined (STM32L412xx) || defined (STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS   ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */
+#elif defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS   ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) /* PH0/PH1/PH3 */
+#elif defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS   ((uint32_t)0x00000003) /* PH0/PH1 */
+#elif defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS   ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /* PH0..PH15 */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
+#define PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS   ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /* PI0..PI11 */
+#endif
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Extended_Private_Defines PWR Extended Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_PVM_Mode_Mask PWR PVM Mode Mask
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVM_MODE_IT               ((uint32_t)0x00010000)  /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVM threshold crossing */
+#define PVM_MODE_EVT              ((uint32_t)0x00020000)  /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVM threshold crossing        */
+#define PVM_RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00000001)  /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVM trigger                 */
+#define PVM_FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)  /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVM trigger                */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_TimeOut_Value PWR Extended Flag Setting Time Out Value
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US                      50UL   /*!< Time out value for REGLPF and VOSF flags setting */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extended Peripheral Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
+  * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2
+  *         or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when applicable)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
+{
+#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+    if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+    {
+      return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2;
+    }
+    else if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE) == PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+    {
+      /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit set means that Range 1 Boost is disabled */
+      return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST;
+    }
+#else
+  return  (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
+  * @param  VoltageScaling specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
+  *         a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST when available, Regulator voltage output range 1 boost mode,
+  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
+  *                                                system frequency up to 120 MHz.
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
+  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
+  *                                                system frequency up to 80 MHz.
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
+  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.0 V,
+  *                                                system frequency up to 26 MHz.
+  * @note  When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
+  *        a value below 26 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API.
+  *        When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
+  *        a value up to 80 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling() API. For
+  *        some devices, the system frequency can be increased up to 120 MHz.
+  * @note  When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the API waits for VOSF flag to be
+  *        cleared before returning the status. If the flag is not cleared within
+  *        50 microseconds, HAL_TIMEOUT status is reported.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+  uint32_t wait_loop_index;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR5_R1MODE)
+  if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1_BOOST)
+  {
+    /* If current range is range 2 */
+    if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+    {
+      /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is enabled */
+      CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+
+      /* Set Range 1 */
+      MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+      /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+      wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1;
+      while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+      {
+        wait_loop_index--;
+      }
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already reset) */
+      CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+  {
+    /* If current range is range 2 */
+    if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+    {
+      /* Make sure Range 1 Boost is disabled */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+
+      /* Set Range 1 */
+      MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+      /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+      wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1;
+      while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+      {
+        wait_loop_index--;
+      }
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+     /* If current range is range 1 normal or boost mode */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable Range 1 Boost (no issue if bit already set) */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR5, PWR_CR5_R1MODE);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set Range 2 */
+    MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2);
+    /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */
+    /* PWR_CR5_R1MODE bit setting has no effect in Range 2        */
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  /* If Set Range 1 */
+  if (VoltageScaling == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+  {
+    if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+    {
+      /* Set Range 1 */
+      MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+
+      /* Wait until VOSF is cleared */
+      wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U;
+      while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+      {
+        wait_loop_index--;
+      }
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_VOSF))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS) != PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
+    {
+      /* Set Range 2 */
+      MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_VOS, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2);
+      /* No need to wait for VOSF to be cleared for this transition */
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable battery charging.
+  *        When VDD is present, charge the external battery on VBAT thru an internal resistor.
+  * @param  ResistorSelection specifies the resistor impedance.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_5     5 kOhms resistor
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_BATTERY_CHARGING_RESISTOR_1_5 1.5 kOhms resistor
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableBatteryCharging(uint32_t ResistorSelection)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_BATTERY_RESISTOR_SELECT(ResistorSelection));
+
+  /* Specify resistor selection */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBRS, ResistorSelection);
+
+  /* Enable battery charging */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable battery charging.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableBatteryCharging(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_VBE);
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_USV)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable VDDUSB supply.
+  * @note  Remove VDDUSB electrical and logical isolation, once VDDUSB supply is present.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddUSB(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable VDDUSB supply.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddUSB(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_USV);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_USV */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_IOSV)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable VDDIO2 supply.
+  * @note  Remove VDDIO2 electrical and logical isolation, once VDDIO2 supply is present.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddIO2(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable VDDIO2 supply.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddIO2(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_IOSV);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_IOSV */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable Internal Wake-up Line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableInternalWakeUpLine(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable Internal Wake-up Line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableInternalWakeUpLine(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_EIWF);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable GPIO pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Set the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register to configure the I/O in
+  *        pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit
+  *        is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+  * @note  The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the
+  *        power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode.
+  * @note  To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding
+  *        PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved.
+  * @note  Even if a PUy bit to set is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input
+  *        parameter at the same time are set.
+  * @param  GPIO Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H
+  *         (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+  *         I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set
+  *         several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+  switch (GPIO)
+  {
+    case PWR_GPIO_A:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_B:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_C:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+    case PWR_GPIO_D:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+    case PWR_GPIO_E:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+    case PWR_GPIO_F:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+    case PWR_GPIO_G:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+    case PWR_GPIO_H:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+    case PWR_GPIO_I:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable GPIO pull-up state in Standby mode and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Reset the relevant PUy bits of PWR_PUCRx register used to configure the I/O
+  *        in pull-up state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Even if a PUy bit to reset is reserved, the other PUy bits entered as input
+  *        parameter at the same time are reset.
+  * @param  GPIO Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A, ..., PWR_GPIO_H
+  *          (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+  *         I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset
+  *         several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+  switch (GPIO)
+  {
+    case PWR_GPIO_A:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_B:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_C:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+    case PWR_GPIO_D:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+    case PWR_GPIO_E:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+    case PWR_GPIO_F:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+    case PWR_GPIO_G:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+    case PWR_GPIO_H:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+    case PWR_GPIO_I:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#endif
+    default:
+       status = HAL_ERROR;
+       break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Set the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register to configure the I/O in
+  *        pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  This state is effective in Standby and Shutdown modes only if APC bit
+  *        is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
+  * @note  The configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode due to the
+  *        power-on reset, maintained when exiting the Standby mode.
+  * @note  To avoid any conflict at Standby and Shutdown modes exits, the corresponding
+  *        PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is cleared unless it is reserved.
+  * @note  Even if a PDy bit to set is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input
+  *        parameter at the same time are set.
+  * @param  GPIO Specify the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H
+  *         (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+  *         I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to set
+  *         several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+  switch (GPIO)
+  {
+    case PWR_GPIO_A:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_14))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_B:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRB, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_C:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRC, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+    case PWR_GPIO_D:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRD, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+    case PWR_GPIO_E:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRE, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+    case PWR_GPIO_F:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRF, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+    case PWR_GPIO_G:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRG, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+    case PWR_GPIO_H:
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+    case PWR_GPIO_I:
+       SET_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PUCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable GPIO pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Reset the relevant PDy bits of PWR_PDCRx register used to configure the I/O
+  *        in pull-down state in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Even if a PDy bit to reset is reserved, the other PDy bits entered as input
+  *        parameter at the same time are reset.
+  * @param  GPIO Specifies the IO port. This parameter can be PWR_GPIO_A..PWR_GPIO_H
+  *         (or PWR_GPIO_I depending on the devices) to select the GPIO peripheral.
+  * @param  GPIONumber Specify the I/O pins numbers.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         PWR_GPIO_BIT_0, ..., PWR_GPIO_BIT_15 (except for the port where less
+  *         I/O pins are available) or the logical OR of several of them to reset
+  *         several bits for a given port in a single API call.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown(uint32_t GPIO, uint32_t GPIONumber)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO(GPIO));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_GPIO_BIT_NUMBER(GPIONumber));
+
+  switch (GPIO)
+  {
+    case PWR_GPIO_A:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRA, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_13|PWR_GPIO_BIT_15))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_B:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRB, (GPIONumber & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_4))));
+       break;
+    case PWR_GPIO_C:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRC, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+    case PWR_GPIO_D:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRD, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+    case PWR_GPIO_E:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRE, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+    case PWR_GPIO_F:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRF, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+    case PWR_GPIO_G:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRG, GPIONumber);
+       break;
+#endif
+    case PWR_GPIO_H:
+#if defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx)
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, ((GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS) & (~(PWR_GPIO_BIT_3))));
+#else
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRH, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTH_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+#endif
+       break;
+#if defined(GPIOI)
+    case PWR_GPIO_I:
+       CLEAR_BIT(PWR->PDCRI, (GPIONumber & PWR_PORTI_AVAILABLE_PINS));
+       break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable pull-up and pull-down configuration.
+  * @note  When APC bit is set, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in
+  *        PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are applied in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @note  Pull-up set by PUy bit of PWR_PUCRx register is not activated if the corresponding
+  *        PDy bit of PWR_PDCRx register is also set (pull-down configuration priority is higher).
+  *        HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() API's ensure there
+  *        is no conflict when setting PUy or PDy bit.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable pull-up and pull-down configuration.
+  * @note  When APC bit is cleared, the I/O pull-up and pull-down configurations defined in
+  *        PWR_PUCRx and PWR_PDCRx registers are not applied in Standby and Shutdown modes.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePullUpPullDownConfig(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_APC);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable Full SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention(void)
+{
+  (void) HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM2ContentRetention(void)
+{
+  (void) HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable SRAM2 content retention in Standby mode.
+  * @param  SRAM2Size: specifies the SRAM2 size kept in Standby mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION        SRAM2 is powered off in Standby mode (SRAM2 content is lost)
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION      Full SRAM2 is powered by the low-power regulator in Standby mode
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION   Only 4 Kbytes of SRAM2 is powered by the low-power regulator in Standby mode
+  * @note  PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION parameter is not available on all devices
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_SetSRAM2ContentRetention(uint32_t SRAM2Size)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SRAM2_RETENTION(SRAM2Size));
+
+  if (SRAM2Size == PWR_NO_SRAM2_RETENTION)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS);
+  }
+  else if (SRAM2Size == PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS, PWR_FULL_SRAM2_RETENTION);
+  }
+#if defined(PWR_CR3_RRS_1)
+  else if (SRAM2Size == PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_RRS, PWR_4KBYTES_SRAM2_RETENTION);
+  }
+#endif /* PWR_CR3_RRS_1 */
+  else {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR3_ENULP)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes.
+  * @note  All the other modes are not affected by this bit.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableBORPVD_ULP(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable Ultra Low Power BORL, BORH and PVD for STOP2 and Standby modes.
+  * @note  All the other modes are not affected by this bit
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableBORPVD_ULP(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_ENULP);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR3_ENULP */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V.
+  * @note  When external SMPS is used & CFLDO operating in Range 2, the regulated voltage of the
+  *        internal CFLDO can be reduced to 0.95V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableExtSMPS_0V95(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the CFLDO working @ 0.95V
+  * @note  Before SMPS is switched off, the regulated voltage of the
+  *        internal CFLDO shall be set to 1.00V.
+  *        1.00V. is also default operating Range 2 voltage.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableExtSMPS_0V95(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR4, PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR4_EXT_SMPS_ON */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR1_RRSTP)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode.
+  * @note  When RRSTP bit is set, SRAM3 is powered by the low-power regulator in
+  *        Stop 2 mode and its content is kept.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM3ContentRetention(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable SRAM3 content retention in Stop 2 mode.
+  * @note  When RRSTP bit is reset, SRAM3 is powered off in Stop 2 mode
+  *        and its content is lost.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableSRAM3ContentRetention(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_RRSTP);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR1_RRSTP */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable pull-down activation on DSI pins.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableDSIPinsPDActivation(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable pull-down activation on DSI pins.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableDSIPinsPDActivation(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR3_DSIPDEN */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM1(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 1: VDDUSB versus 1.2V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM1(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_1);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM2(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 2: VDDIO2 versus 0.9V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM2(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_2);
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM3(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 3: VDDA versus 1.62V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM3(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_3);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4:  VDDA versus 2.2V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnablePVM4(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the Power Voltage Monitoring 4:  VDDA versus 2.2V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisablePVM4(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_PVM_4);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the Peripheral Voltage Monitoring (PVM).
+  * @param sConfigPVM: pointer to a PWR_PVMTypeDef structure that contains the
+  *        PVM configuration information.
+  * @note The API configures a single PVM according to the information contained
+  *       in the input structure. To configure several PVMs, the API must be singly
+  *       called for each PVM used.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
+  *         detection level and to each monitored supply.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ConfigPVM(PWR_PVMTypeDef *sConfigPVM)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_TYPE(sConfigPVM->PVMType));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVM_MODE(sConfigPVM->Mode));
+
+
+  /* Configure EXTI 35 to 38 interrupts if so required:
+     scan thru PVMType to detect which PVMx is set and
+     configure the corresponding EXTI line accordingly. */
+  switch (sConfigPVM->PVMType)
+  {
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+    case PWR_PVM_1:
+      /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+      /* Configure interrupt mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure event mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure the edge */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+      }
+
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+    case PWR_PVM_2:
+      /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+      /* Configure interrupt mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure event mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure the edge */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+      }
+
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      }
+      break;
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+    case PWR_PVM_3:
+      /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+      /* Configure interrupt mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure event mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure the edge */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+      }
+
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case PWR_PVM_4:
+      /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+      /* Configure interrupt mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_IT) == PVM_MODE_IT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure event mode */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_MODE_EVT) == PVM_MODE_EVT)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+      }
+
+      /* Configure the edge */
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_RISING_EDGE) == PVM_RISING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+      }
+
+      if((sConfigPVM->Mode & PVM_FALLING_EDGE) == PVM_FALLING_EDGE)
+      {
+        __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Low-power Run mode
+  * @note  In Low-power Run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  When Regulator is set to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
+  *        Flash in power-down monde in setting the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
+  *        Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
+  *        Setting RUN_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
+  *        be done before calling HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+  /* Set Regulator parameter */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Exit Low-power Run mode.
+  * @note  Before HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() completion, the function checks that
+  *        REGLPF has been properly reset (otherwise, HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode
+  *        returns HAL_TIMEOUT status). The system clock frequency can then be
+  *        increased above 2 MHz.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t wait_loop_index;
+
+  /* Clear LPR bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPR);
+
+  /* Wait until REGLPF is reset */
+  wait_loop_index = ((PWR_FLAG_SETTING_DELAY_US * SystemCoreClock) / 1000000U) + 1U;
+  while ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF)) && (wait_loop_index != 0U))
+  {
+    wait_loop_index--;
+  }
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Stop 0 mode.
+  * @note  In Stop 0 mode, main and low voltage regulators are ON.
+  * @note  In Stop 0 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+  *        the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+  *        (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+  *        after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+  *        only to the peripheral requesting it.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop 0 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+  *         is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+  * @note  By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop 0 mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param STOPEntry  specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI  Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE  Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Stop 0 mode with Main Regulator */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP0);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Stop 1 mode.
+  * @note  In Stop 1 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON.
+  * @note  In Stop 1 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
+  *        the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
+  *        (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
+  *        after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
+  *        only to the peripheral requesting it.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+  *         is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+  * @note  Due to low power mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop 1 mode.
+  * @param STOPEntry  specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI  Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE  Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Stop 1 mode with Low-Power Regulator */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP1);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Stop 2 mode.
+  * @note  In Stop 2 mode, only low power voltage regulator is ON.
+  * @note  In Stop 2 mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI,
+  *        the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with wakeup capability
+  *        (LCD, LPTIM1, I2C3 and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI after
+  *        receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case the HSI clock is propagated only
+  *        to the peripheral requesting it.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
+  *        SRAM3 content is preserved depending on RRSTP bit setting (not available on all devices).
+  *        The BOR is available.
+  *        The voltage regulator is set in low-power mode but LPR bit must be cleared to enter stop 2 mode.
+  *        Otherwise, Stop 1 mode is entered.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop 2 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
+  *         is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
+  * @param STOPEntry  specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI  Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE  Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode(uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Set Stop mode 2 */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STOP2);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter Shutdown mode.
+  * @note  In Shutdown mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI, the LSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
+  *        off. The voltage regulator is disabled and Vcore domain is powered off.
+  *        SRAM1, SRAM2 and registers contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain.
+  *        The BOR is not available.
+  * @note  The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode(void)
+{
+
+  /* Set Shutdown mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_SHUTDOWN);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD/PVMx interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the PVD_PVM_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_PVD_PVM_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PVD exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+  /* Next, successively check PVMx exti flags */
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVM1 interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback();
+
+    /* Clear PVM1 exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVM1_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVM2 interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback();
+
+    /* Clear PVM2 exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVM2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVM3 interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback();
+
+    /* Clear PVM3 exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVM3_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != 0x0U)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVM4 interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback();
+
+    /* Clear PVM4 exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVM4_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME1)
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVM1 interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            HAL_PWREx_PVM1Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME1 */
+
+#if defined(PWR_CR2_PVME2)
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVM2 interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            HAL_PWREx_PVM2Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#endif /* PWR_CR2_PVME2 */
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVM3 interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            HAL_PWREx_PVM3Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVM4 interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
+            HAL_PWREx_PVM4Callback() API can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..552a471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1926 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### RCC specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset the device is running from Multiple Speed Internal oscillator
+      (4 MHz) with Flash 0 wait state. Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache
+      and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal
+      SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
+
+      (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHBs) and Low speed (APBs) busses:
+          all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at MSI speed.
+      (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
+      (+) All GPIOs are in analog mode, except the JTAG pins which
+          are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+
+    [..]
+      Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
+      (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+          (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
+      (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
+      (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
+      (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
+      (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not
+          derived from the System clock (SAIx, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDMMC1/RNG)
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC RCC
+  * @brief RCC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE          HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
+#define HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE          2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE          2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE          17U   /* 17 ms (16 ms starting time + 1) */
+#else
+#define LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE          2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+#define HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE        2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE          2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE  5000U /* 5 s    */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE()   __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT        GPIOA
+#define MCO1_PIN              GPIO_PIN_8
+
+#define RCC_PLL_OSCSOURCE_CONFIG(__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__) \
+            (MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, (__HAL_RCC_PLLSOURCE__)))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions RCC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange);
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+static uint32_t          RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void);
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+           ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal and external oscillators
+      (HSE, HSI, LSE, MSI, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System busses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1
+       and APB2).
+
+    [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
+         (+) HSI (high-speed internal): 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through
+             the PLL as System clock source.
+
+         (+) MSI (Mutiple Speed Internal): Its frequency is software trimmable from 100KHZ to 48MHZ.
+             It can be used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz).
+             The number of flash wait states is automatically adjusted when MSI range is updated with
+             HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the MSI is used as System clock source.
+
+         (+) LSI (low-speed internal): 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
+             clock source.
+
+         (+) HSE (high-speed external): 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
+             through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also optionally as RTC clock source.
+
+         (+) LSE (low-speed external): 32.768 KHz oscillator used optionally as RTC clock source.
+
+         (+) PLL (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks:
+           (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 80MHz).
+           (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
+                the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz).
+           (++) The third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+                high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+
+         (+) PLLSAI1 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks:
+           (++) The first output is used to generate SAR ADC1 clock.
+           (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
+                the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDMMC1 (<= 48 MHz).
+           (++) The third output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+                high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+
+         (+) PLLSAI2 (clocked by HSI, HSE or MSI) providing up to three independent output clocks:
+           (++) The first output is used to generate an accurate clock to achieve
+                high-quality audio performance on SAI interface.
+           (++) The second output is used to generate either SAR ADC2 clock if ADC2 is present
+                or LCD clock if LTDC is present.
+           (++) The third output is used to generate DSI clock if DSI is present.
+
+         (+) CSS (Clock security system): once enabled, if a HSE clock failure occurs
+            (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock
+             is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled.
+             The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt)
+             exception vector.
+
+         (+) MCO (microcontroller clock output): used to output MSI, LSI, HSI, LSE, HSE or
+             main PLL clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin.
+
+    [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
+         (+) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): MSI, HSI,
+             HSE and main PLL.
+             The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
+             prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
+             on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived
+             from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock
+             the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use
+             "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
+
+         -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
+
+           (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLSAI1) or (PLLSAI2) or
+                from an external clock mapped on the SAI_CKIN pin.
+                You have to use HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock.
+           (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock
+                divided by 2 to 31.
+                You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() and HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function
+                to configure this clock.
+           (+@) USB OTG FS, SDMMC1 and RNG: USB OTG FS requires a frequency equal to 48 MHz
+                to work correctly, while the SDMMC1 and RNG peripherals require a frequency
+                equal or lower than to 48 MHz. This clock is derived of the main PLL or PLLSAI1
+                through PLLQ divider. You have to enable the peripheral clock and use
+                HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() function to configure this clock.
+           (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+
+
+         (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 80 MHz.
+             The clock source frequency should be adapted depending on the device voltage range
+             as listed in the Reference Manual "Clock source frequency versus voltage scaling" chapter.
+
+  @endverbatim
+
+           Table 1. HCLK clock frequency for other STM32L4 devices
+           +-------------------------------------------------------+
+           | Latency         |    HCLK clock frequency (MHz)       |
+           |                 |-------------------------------------|
+           |                 | voltage range 1  | voltage range 2  |
+           |                 |      1.2 V       |     1.0 V        |
+           |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+           |0WS(1 CPU cycles)|  0 < HCLK <= 16  |  0 < HCLK <= 6   |
+           |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+           |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 16 < HCLK <= 32  |  6 < HCLK <= 12  |
+           |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+           |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 32 < HCLK <= 48  | 12 < HCLK <= 18  |
+           |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+           |3WS(4 CPU cycles)| 48 < HCLK <= 64  | 18 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           |-----------------|------------------|------------------|
+           |4WS(5 CPU cycles)| 64 < HCLK <= 80  | 18 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           +-------------------------------------------------------+
+
+           Table 2. HCLK clock frequency for STM32L4+ devices
+           +--------------------------------------------------------+
+           | Latency         |     HCLK clock frequency (MHz)       |
+           |                 |--------------------------------------|
+           |                 |  voltage range 1  | voltage range 2  |
+           |                 |       1.2 V       |     1.0 V        |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |0WS(1 CPU cycles)|   0 < HCLK <= 20  |  0 < HCLK <= 8   |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |1WS(2 CPU cycles)|  20 < HCLK <= 40  |  8 < HCLK <= 16  |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |2WS(3 CPU cycles)|  40 < HCLK <= 60  | 16 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |3WS(4 CPU cycles)|  60 < HCLK <= 80  | 16 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |4WS(5 CPU cycles)|  80 < HCLK <= 100 | 16 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
+           |5WS(6 CPU cycles)| 100 < HCLK <= 120 | 16 < HCLK <= 26  |
+           +--------------------------------------------------------+
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+  * @note   The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+  *            - MSI ON and used as system clock source
+  *            - HSE, HSI, PLL, PLLSAI1 and PLLSAI2 OFF
+  *            - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescalers set to 1.
+  *            - CSS, MCO1 OFF
+  *            - All interrupts disabled
+  *            - All interrupt and reset flags cleared
+  * @note   This function does not modify the configuration of the
+  *            - Peripheral clock sources
+  *            - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks (Backup domain)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Reset to default System clock */
+  /* Set MSION bit */
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION);
+
+  /* Insure MSIRDY bit is set before writing default MSIRANGE value */
+  /* Get start tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set MSIRANGE default value */
+  MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE, RCC_MSIRANGE_6);
+
+  /* Reset CFGR register (MSI is selected as system clock source) */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR);
+
+  /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable for MSI as system clock source */
+  SystemCoreClock = MSI_VALUE;
+
+  /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clock settings  */
+  if(HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Insure MSI selected as system clock source */
+  /* Get start tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till system clock source is ready */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SWS) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset HSION, HSIKERON, HSIASFS, HSEON, HSECSSON, PLLON, PLLSAIxON bits */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2ON);
+
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON);
+
+#else
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSIKERON| RCC_CR_HSIASFS | RCC_CR_PLLON);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Insure PLLRDY, PLLSAI1RDY and PLLSAI2RDY (if present) are reset */
+  /* Get start tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+
+#else
+
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+
+#endif
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset PLLCFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR);
+  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_4 );
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+  /* Reset PLLSAI1CFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR);
+  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,  RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_4 );
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+  /* Reset PLLSAI2CFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR);
+  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,  RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_4 );
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIER);
+
+  /* Clear all interrupt flags */
+  WRITE_REG(RCC->CICR, 0xFFFFFFFFU);
+
+  /* Clear all reset flags */
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_RMVF);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct  pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
+  * @note   The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
+  * @note   The PLL source is not updated when used as PLLSAI(s) clock source.
+  * @note   Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not
+  *         supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off
+  *         first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
+  * @note   Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not
+  *         supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off
+  *         first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+  uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_config;
+
+  /* Check Null pointer */
+  if(RCC_OscInitStruct == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
+
+  sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE();
+  pll_config = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+  /*----------------------------- MSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_MSICALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_CLOCK_RANGE(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange));
+
+    /* Check if MSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+    if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) ||
+       ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)))
+    {
+      if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState == RCC_MSI_OFF))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+       /* Otherwise, just the calibration and MSI range change are allowed */
+      else
+      {
+        /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+           must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+           (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
+        if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange > __HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE())
+        {
+          /* First increase number of wait states update if necessary */
+          if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_ERROR;
+          }
+
+          /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+          __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+          /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+          __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Else, keep current flash latency while decreasing applies */
+          /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+          __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+          /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+          __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+
+          /* Decrease number of wait states update if necessary */
+          /* Only possible when MSI is the System clock source  */
+          if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI)
+          {
+            if(RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange) != HAL_OK)
+            {
+              return HAL_ERROR;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
+        SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU);
+
+        /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+        status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+        if(status != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return status;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check the MSI State */
+      if(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState != RCC_MSI_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_MSI_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get timeout */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+         /* Selects the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) clock range .*/
+        __HAL_RCC_MSI_RANGE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange);
+         /* Adjusts the Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_MSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue);
+
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (MSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_MSI_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get timeout */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till MSI is ready */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) != 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > MSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
+
+    /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */
+    if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE) ||
+       ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)))
+    {
+      if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
+
+      /* Check the HSE State */
+      if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is ready */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) != 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
+
+    /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+    if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI) ||
+       ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_config == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)))
+    {
+      /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not be disabled */
+      if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState == RCC_HSI_OFF))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check the HSI State */
+      if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is disabled */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) != 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
+
+    /* Check the LSI State */
+    if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF)
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+      uint32_t csr_temp = RCC->CSR;
+
+      /* Check LSI division factor */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_LSIDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv));
+
+      if (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv != (csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+      {
+        if (((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) && \
+            ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) != RCC_CSR_LSION))
+        {
+           /* If LSIRDY is set while LSION is not enabled,
+              LSIPREDIV can't be updated  */
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        /* Turn off LSI before changing RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+        if ((csr_temp & RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+        {
+          __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+          /* Get Start Tick*/
+          tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          /* Wait till LSI is disabled */
+          while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U)
+          {
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Set LSI division factor */
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV, RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv);
+      }
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+
+      /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is disabled */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY) != 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
+  {
+    FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
+
+    /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register    */
+    /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->APB1ENR1, RCC_APB1ENR1_PWREN))
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+      pwrclkchanged = SET;
+    }
+
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+    {
+      /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+
+      /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEON) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set LSESYSDIS bit according to LSE propagation option (enabled or disabled) */
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS, (RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS));
+
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState & RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) != 0U)
+      {
+        /* LSE oscillator bypass enable */
+        SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP);
+        SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* LSE oscillator enable */
+        SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+      CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP);
+    }
+#else
+    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+
+    /* Check the LSE State */
+    if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is disabled */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) != 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+      /* By default, stop disabling LSE propagation */
+      CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS);
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+    }
+
+    /* Restore clock configuration if changed */
+    if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+    }
+  }
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+  /*------------------------------ HSI48 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State));
+
+    /* Check the LSI State */
+    if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+      __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+      __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till HSI48 is disabled */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY) != 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+  /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
+
+  if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState != RCC_PLL_NONE)
+  {
+    /* PLL On ? */
+    if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState == RCC_PLL_ON)
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR));
+
+      /* Do nothing if PLL configuration is the unchanged */
+      pll_config = RCC->PLLCFGR;
+      if((READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC)  != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource) ||
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)    != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos)) ||
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)    != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) ||
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) != (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos)) ||
+#else
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)    != ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP == RCC_PLLP_DIV7) ? 0U : 1U)) ||
+#endif
+#endif
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ)    != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos)) ||
+         (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR)    != ((((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR) >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos)))
+      {
+        /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+        if(sysclk_source != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+        {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) || defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+          /* Check if main PLL can be updated */
+          /* Not possible if the source is shared by other enabled PLLSAIx */
+          if((READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1ON) != 0U)
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+             || (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2ON) != 0U)
+#endif
+            )
+          {
+            return HAL_ERROR;
+          }
+          else
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT || RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+          {
+            /* Disable the main PLL. */
+            __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+            /* Get Start Tick*/
+            tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+            /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+            while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+            {
+              if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+              {
+                return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+              }
+            }
+
+            /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */
+            __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource,
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM,
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN,
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP,
+#endif
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ,
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR);
+
+            /* Enable the main PLL. */
+            __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+            /* Enable PLL System Clock output. */
+            __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK);
+
+            /* Get Start Tick*/
+            tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+            /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+            while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+            {
+              if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+              {
+                return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* PLL is already used as System core clock */
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* PLL configuration is unchanged */
+        /* Re-enable PLL if it was disabled (ie. low power mode) */
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          /* Enable the main PLL. */
+          __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+          /* Enable PLL System Clock output. */
+          __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK);
+
+          /* Get Start Tick*/
+          tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+          while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+          {
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check that PLL is not used as system clock or not */
+      if(sysclk_source != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+      {
+        /* Disable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Disable all PLL outputs to save power if no PLLs on */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT) && defined(RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)) == 0U)
+        {
+          MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+        }
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+        }
+#else
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT && RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+        __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+        __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK | RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK);
+#else
+        __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLL_SYSCLK | RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* PLL is already used as System core clock */
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
+  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct  pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral.
+  * @param  FLatency  FLASH Latency
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_0   FLASH 0 Latency cycle
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_1   FLASH 1 Latency cycle
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_2   FLASH 2 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_3   FLASH 3 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_4   FLASH 4 Latency cycles
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_5   FLASH 5 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_6   FLASH 6 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_7   FLASH 7 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_8   FLASH 8 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_9   FLASH 9 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_10  FLASH 10 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_11  FLASH 11 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_12  FLASH 12 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_13  FLASH 13 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_14  FLASH 14 Latency cycles
+  *            @arg FLASH_LATENCY_15  FLASH 15 Latency cycles
+  @endif
+  *
+  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+  *         and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
+  *
+  * @note   The MSI is used by default as system clock source after
+  *         startup from Reset, wake-up from STANDBY mode. After restart from Reset,
+  *         the MSI frequency is set to its default value 4 MHz.
+  *
+  * @note   The HSI can be selected as system clock source after
+  *         from STOP modes or in case of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly
+  *         as system clock (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+  *
+  * @note   A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+  *         clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
+  *         If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+  *         occur when the clock source is ready.
+  *
+  * @note   You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is
+  *         currently used as system clock source.
+  *
+  * @note   Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
+  *         HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency
+  *         (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions")
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+  uint32_t hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
+#endif
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check Null pointer */
+  if(RCC_ClkInitStruct == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency));
+
+  /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+    must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+    (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
+
+  /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+  if(FLatency > __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+  {
+    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
+
+    /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
+    if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
+    {
+      /* Check the PLL ready flag */
+      if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+      /* Undershoot management when selection PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */
+      /* Compute target PLL output frequency */
+      if(RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource() > 80000000U)
+      {
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1)
+        {
+          /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go over 80Mhz */
+          MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+          hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+        }
+        else if((((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) && (RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1))
+        {
+          /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go over 80Mhz */
+          MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+          hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* nothing to do */
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
+      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Check the HSE ready flag */
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* MSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_MSI)
+      {
+        /* Check the MSI ready flag */
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check the HSI ready flag */
+        if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+      /* Overshoot management when going down from PLL as SYSCLK source and frequency above 80Mhz */
+      if(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() > 80000000U)
+      {
+        /* Intermediate step with HCLK prescaler 2 necessary before to go under 80Mhz */
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2);
+        hpre = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    }
+
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW, RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource << RCC_CFGR_SWS_Pos))
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+  }
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+  else
+  {
+    /* Is intermediate HCLK prescaler 2 applied internally, complete with HCLK prescaler 1 */
+    if(hpre == RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+  if(FLatency < __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+  {
+    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3U));
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
+  SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> (AHBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos] & 0x1FU);
+
+  /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+  status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   RCC clocks control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to:
+
+    (+) Ouput clock to MCO pin.
+    (+) Retrieve current clock frequencies.
+    (+) Enable the Clock Security System.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Select the clock source to output on MCO pin(PA8).
+  * @note   PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+  * @param  RCC_MCOx  specifies the output direction for the clock source.
+  *          For STM32L4xx family this parameter can have only one value:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1  Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
+  * @param  RCC_MCOSource  specifies the clock source to output.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK  MCO output disabled, no clock on MCO
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK  system  clock selected as MCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_MSI  MSI clock selected as MCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI  HSI clock selected as MCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE  HSE clock selected as MCO sourcee
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK  main PLL clock selected as MCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI  LSI clock selected as MCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE  LSE clock selected as MCO source
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48  HSI48 clock selected as MCO source for devices with HSI48
+  @endif
+  * @param  RCC_MCODiv  specifies the MCO prescaler.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1  no division applied to MCO clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2  division by 2 applied to MCO clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4  division by 4 applied to MCO clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8  division by 8 applied to MCO clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16  division by 16 applied to MCO clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig( uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
+{
+  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
+  UNUSED(RCC_MCOx);
+
+  /* MCO Clock Enable */
+  __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Configue the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /* Mask MCOSEL[] and MCOPRE[] bits then set MCO1 clock source and prescaler */
+  MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL | RCC_CFGR_MCOPRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv ));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SYSCLK frequency.
+  *
+  * @note   The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+  *         frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+  *         constant and the selected clock source:
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is MSI, function returns values based on MSI
+  *             Value as defined by the MSI range.
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**),
+  *           HSI_VALUE(*) or MSI Value multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  * @note     (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *               16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+  *               in voltage and temperature.
+  * @note     (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *                8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+  *                frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+  *                have wrong result.
+  *
+  * @note   The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+  *         value for HSE crystal.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+  *         baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+  *
+  * @note   Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  *
+  *
+  * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
+{
+  uint32_t msirange = 0U, sysclockfreq = 0U;
+  uint32_t pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm;    /* no init needed */
+  uint32_t sysclk_source, pll_oscsource;
+
+  sysclk_source = __HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE();
+  pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+  if((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI) ||
+     ((sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && (pll_oscsource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)))
+  {
+    /* MSI or PLL with MSI source used as system clock source */
+
+    /* Get SYSCLK source */
+    if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U)
+    { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */
+      msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos;
+    }
+    else
+    { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */
+      msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos;
+    }
+    /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+    msirange = MSIRangeTable[msirange];
+
+    if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_MSI)
+    {
+      /* MSI used as system clock source */
+      sysclockfreq = msirange;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI)
+  {
+    /* HSI used as system clock source */
+    sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+  }
+  else if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE)
+  {
+    /* HSE used as system clock source */
+    sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* unexpected case: sysclockfreq at 0 */
+  }
+
+  if(sysclk_source == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+  {
+    /* PLL used as system clock  source */
+
+    /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM
+    SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR
+    */
+    pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+
+    switch (pllsource)
+    {
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:  /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+      pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:  /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+      pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:  /* MSI used as PLL clock source */
+    default:
+      pllvco = msirange;
+      break;
+    }
+    pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ;
+    pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm;
+    pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U;
+    sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr;
+  }
+
+  return sysclockfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the HCLK frequency.
+  * @note   Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  *
+  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency.
+  * @retval HCLK frequency in Hz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void)
+{
+  return SystemCoreClock;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the PCLK1 frequency.
+  * @note   Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @retval PCLK1 frequency in Hz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void)
+{
+  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/
+  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_Pos] & 0x1FU));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the PCLK2 frequency.
+  * @note   Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @retval PCLK2 frequency in Hz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void)
+{
+  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/
+  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> (APBPrescTable[READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_Pos] & 0x1FU));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+  *         RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct  pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         will be configured.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != (void *)NULL);
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \
+                                      RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48;
+#else
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_MSI | \
+                                      RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
+  }
+  else if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+   /* Get the MSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSION) == RCC_CR_MSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIState = RCC_MSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->MSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_MSITRIM_Pos;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->MSIClockRange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE);
+
+  /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = READ_BIT(RCC->ICSCR, RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_ICSCR_HSITRIM_Pos;
+
+  /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+    {
+      RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS_RTC_ONLY;
+    }
+    else
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+    {
+      RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
+    }
+  }
+  else if(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS) == RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS)
+    {
+      RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON_RTC_ONLY;
+    }
+    else
+#endif /* RCC_BDCR_LSESYSDIS */
+    {
+      RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
+  }
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+
+  /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CSR & RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV) == RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV128;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIDiv = RCC_LSI_DIV1;
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+  /* Get the HSI48 configuration ---------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON) == RCC_CRRCR_HSI48ON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF;
+  }
+#else
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = RCC_HSI48_OFF;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
+  }
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR = (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U) << 1U);
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#else
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV17;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV7;
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+  *         RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct  pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         will be configured.
+  * @param  pFLatency  Pointer on the Flash Latency.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != (void  *)NULL);
+  assert_param(pFLatency != (void *)NULL);
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
+
+  /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW);
+
+  /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE);
+
+  /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1);
+
+  /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3U);
+
+  /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/
+  *pFLatency = __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Clock Security System.
+  * @note   If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+  *         is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+  *         software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+  *         allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+  *         the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+  * @note   The Clock Security System can only be cleared by reset.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle the RCC Clock Security System interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check RCC CSSF interrupt flag  */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS))
+  {
+    /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_RCC_CSSCallback();
+
+    /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */
+    __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Update number of Flash wait states in line with MSI range and current
+            voltage range.
+  * @param  msirange  MSI range value from RCC_MSIRANGE_0 to RCC_MSIRANGE_11
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCC_SetFlashLatencyFromMSIRange(uint32_t msirange)
+{
+  uint32_t vos;
+  uint32_t latency = FLASH_LATENCY_0;  /* default value 0WS */
+
+  if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED())
+  {
+    vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+    vos = HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange();
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+  }
+
+  if(vos == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
+  {
+    if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+    {
+      /* MSI > 16Mhz */
+      if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_10)
+      {
+        /* MSI 48Mhz */
+        latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* MSI 24Mhz or 32Mhz */
+        latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+      }
+    }
+    /* else MSI <= 16Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+    if(msirange >= RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+    {
+      /* MSI >= 16Mhz */
+      latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7)
+      {
+        /* MSI 8Mhz */
+        latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+      }
+      /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+    }
+#else
+    if(msirange > RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+    {
+      /* MSI > 16Mhz */
+      latency = FLASH_LATENCY_3; /* 3WS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_8)
+      {
+        /* MSI 16Mhz */
+        latency = FLASH_LATENCY_2; /* 2WS */
+      }
+      else if(msirange == RCC_MSIRANGE_7)
+      {
+        /* MSI 8Mhz */
+        latency = FLASH_LATENCY_1; /* 1WS */
+      }
+      /* else MSI < 8Mhz default FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(latency);
+
+  /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+     memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != latency)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || \
+    defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Compute SYSCLK frequency based on PLL SYSCLK source.
+  * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+  */
+static uint32_t RCC_GetSysClockFreqFromPLLSource(void)
+{
+  uint32_t msirange = 0U;
+  uint32_t pllvco, pllsource, pllr, pllm, sysclockfreq;  /* no init needed */
+
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI)
+  {
+    /* Get MSI range source */
+    if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRGSEL) == 0U)
+    { /* MSISRANGE from RCC_CSR applies */
+      msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE) >> RCC_CSR_MSISRANGE_Pos;
+    }
+    else
+    { /* MSIRANGE from RCC_CR applies */
+      msirange = READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRANGE) >> RCC_CR_MSIRANGE_Pos;
+    }
+    /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+    msirange = MSIRangeTable[msirange];
+  }
+
+  /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE or MSI_VALUE) * PLLN / PLLM
+     SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR
+   */
+  pllsource = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+
+  switch (pllsource)
+  {
+  case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:  /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+    pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+    break;
+
+  case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:  /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+    pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+    break;
+
+  case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:  /* MSI used as PLL clock source */
+  default:
+    pllvco = msirange;
+    break;
+  }
+  pllm = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U ;
+  pllvco = (pllvco * (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos)) / pllm;
+  pllr = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U ) * 2U;
+  sysclockfreq = pllvco / pllr;
+
+  return sysclockfreq;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..135f9f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3555 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities RCC extended peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Extended Clock management functions
+  *           + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+  * @brief RCC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+#define PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE         2U    /* 2 ms (minimum Tick + 1) */
+
+#define DIVIDER_P_UPDATE          0U
+#define DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE          1U
+#define DIVIDER_R_UPDATE          2U
+
+#define __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE()       __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define LSCO_GPIO_PORT            GPIOA
+#define LSCO_PIN                  GPIO_PIN_2
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Functions RCCEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider);
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency);
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief  Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+    frequencies.
+    [..]
+    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+        the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit  pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains a field PeriphClockSelection which can be a combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC  RTC peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC  ADC peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1  I2C1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2  I2C2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3  I2C3 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  LPTIM1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2  LPTIM2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1  LPUART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG  RNG peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1  SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1)
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  SDMMC1 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  USART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3  USART1 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO  DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC  LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI  DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI  OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI)
+  @endif
+  *
+  * @note   Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
+  *         the RTC clock source: in this case the access to Backup domain is enabled.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpregister, tickstart;     /* no init needed */
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;      /* Intermediate status */
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;   /* Final status */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+  /*-------------------------- SAI1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection));
+
+    switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection)
+    {
+    case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL:      /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+      /* Enable SAI Clock output generated from System PLL . */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+#else
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+      /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1:  /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+      /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+      /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+    case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2:  /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI1*/
+      /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+      /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+    case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN:      /* External clock is used as source of SAI1 clock*/
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+    case RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI:      /* HSI is used as source of SAI1 clock*/
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+      /* SAI1 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(ret == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Set the source of SAI1 clock*/
+      __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* set overall return value */
+      status = ret;
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+
+  /*-------------------------- SAI2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection));
+
+    switch(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection)
+    {
+    case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL:      /* PLL is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+      /* Enable SAI Clock output generated from System PLL . */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+      /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1: /* PLLSAI1 is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+      /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+      /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2:  /* PLLSAI2 is used as clock source for SAI2*/
+      /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & P configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_P_UPDATE);
+      /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN:      /* External clock is used as source of SAI2 clock*/
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+    case RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI:      /* HSI is used as source of SAI2 clock*/
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+      /* SAI2 clock source config set later after clock selection check */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(ret == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Set the source of SAI2 clock*/
+      __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* set overall return value */
+      status = ret;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+  /*-------------------------- RTC clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+  if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+  {
+    FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+    /* Check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+
+    /* Enable Power Clock */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED() != 0U)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+      pwrclkchanged = SET;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
+
+    /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(READ_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP) == 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(ret == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from default */
+      tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
+
+      if((tmpregister != RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NONE) && (tmpregister != PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection))
+      {
+        /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+        tmpregister = READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+        /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+        __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+        __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+        /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+        RCC->BDCR = tmpregister;
+      }
+
+      /* Wait for LSE reactivation if LSE was enable prior to Backup Domain reset */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpregister, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+        while(READ_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if(ret == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Apply new RTC clock source selection */
+        __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* set overall return value */
+      status = ret;
+    }
+
+    /* Restore clock configuration if changed */
+    if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the USART1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART2 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the USART2 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART3 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the USART3 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+
+  /*-------------------------- UART4 clock source configuration --------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the UART4 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+
+  /*-------------------------- UART5 clock source configuration --------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the UART5 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+  /*-------------------------- LPUART1 clock source configuration ------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the LPUART1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_LPUART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- LPTIM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection));
+    __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- LPTIM2 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM2CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection));
+    __HAL_RCC_LPTIM2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- I2C1 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+
+  /*-------------------------- I2C2 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the I2C2 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+  /*-------------------------- I2C3 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+
+  /*-------------------------- I2C4 clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the I2C4 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2C4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+
+  /*-------------------------- USB clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
+    __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
+
+    if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+      if(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+      {
+        /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+        ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+        if(ret != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* set overall return value */
+          status = ret;
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1)
+
+  /*-------------------------- SDMMC1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection));
+    __HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection);
+
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLL)   /* PLL "Q" ? */
+    {
+      /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+    }
+#if defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+    else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLP) /* PLL "P" ? */
+    {
+      /* Enable PLLSAI3CLK output */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK);
+    }
+#endif
+    else if(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection == RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+    {
+      /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+      if(ret != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* nothing to do */
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 */
+
+  /*-------------------------- RNG clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection));
+    __HAL_RCC_RNG_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection);
+
+    if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output clock */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+    }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+    else if(PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection == RCC_RNGCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+    {
+      /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+      if(ret != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+    else
+    {
+      /* nothing to do */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- ADC clock source configuration ----------------------*/
+#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx)
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the ADC interface clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection);
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+    if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+    {
+      /* PLLSAI1 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI1ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+
+      if(ret != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+
+    else if(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection == RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2)
+    {
+      /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+
+      if(ret != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+
+  }
+#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+
+  /*-------------------------- SWPMI1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the SWPMI1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_SWPMI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+
+  /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 clock source configuration -------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+  /*-------------------------- DFSDM1 audio clock source configuration -------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the DFSDM1 interface audio clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIO_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection);
+  }
+
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+#if defined(LTDC)
+
+  /*-------------------------- LTDC clock source configuration --------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LTDCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection));
+
+    /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+    while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        ret = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(ret == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Configure the LTDC clock source */
+      __HAL_RCC_LTDC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection);
+
+      /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & R configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_R_UPDATE);
+    }
+
+    if(ret != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* set overall return value */
+      status = ret;
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* LTDC */
+
+#if defined(DSI)
+
+  /*-------------------------- DSI clock source configuration ---------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_DSICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the DSI clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_DSI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection);
+
+    if(PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection == RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2)
+    {
+      /* PLLSAI2 input clock, parameters M, N & Q configuration and clock output (PLLSAI2ClockOut) */
+      ret = RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(&(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2), DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE);
+
+      if(ret != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* set overall return value */
+        status = ret;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* DSI */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+
+  /*-------------------------- OctoSPIx clock source configuration ----------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the OctoSPI clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_OSPI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection);
+
+    if(PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection == RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Enable PLL48M1CLK output */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLCLKOUT_ENABLE(RCC_PLL_48M1CLK);
+    }
+  }
+
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit  pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals
+  *         clocks(SAI1, SAI2, LPTIM1, LPTIM2, I2C1, I2C2, I2C3, I2C4, LPUART1,
+  *         USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4, UART5, RTC, ADCx, DFSDMx, SWPMI1, USB, SDMMC1 and RNG).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+
+#if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 |                                               \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 |                                               RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                                                RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    |                                                                      \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L431xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 |                                               \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   |                                               \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L432xx) || defined(STM32L442xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 |                                                                      \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                                                RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L433xx) || defined(STM32L443xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 |                                               \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L451xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   |                                               \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L452xx) || defined(STM32L462xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    |                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L471xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3                          | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2                          | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   |                        \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC ;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC                           | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC                           | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC;
+
+#elif defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4   | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB    | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC                           | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1 | \
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI  | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI;
+
+#endif /* STM32L431xx */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+  /* Get the PLLSAI1 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U;
+#else
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U;
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+  /* Get the PLLSAI2 Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Source = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1Source;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = (READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U;
+#else
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2M = PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI1.PLLSAI1M;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2N = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2P = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) << 4U) + 7U;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2Q = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI2.PLLSAI2R = ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R)>> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) * 2U;
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Get the USART1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+  /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+  /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+  /* Get the UART4 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection   = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE();
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+  /* Get the UART5 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection   = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE();
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+  /* Get the LPUART1 clock source --------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Lpuart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+   /* Get the I2C2 clock source ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+  /* Get the I2C3 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+  /* Get the I2C4 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE();
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+  /* Get the LPTIM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the LPTIM2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Lptim2ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+  /* Get the SAI1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+  /* Get the SAI2 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection    = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+  /* Get the RTC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection     = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+  /* Get the USB clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection   = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1)
+  /* Get the SDMMC1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection   = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SDMMC1 */
+
+  /* Get the RNG clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->RngClockSelection   = __HAL_RCC_GET_RNG_SOURCE();
+
+#if !defined(STM32L412xx) && !defined(STM32L422xx)
+  /* Get the ADC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection     = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* !STM32L412xx && !STM32L422xx */
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+  /* Get the SWPMI1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Swpmi1ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE();
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+  /* Get the DFSDM1 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1ClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+  /* Get the DFSDM1 audio clock source ---------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection  = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+#if defined(LTDC)
+  /* Get the LTDC clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->LtdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LTDC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* LTDC */
+
+#if defined(DSI)
+  /* Get the DSI clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->DsiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_DSI_SOURCE();
+#endif /* DSI */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+  /* Get the OctoSPIclock source --------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->OspiClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE();
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the peripheral clock frequency for peripherals with clock source from PLLSAIs
+  * @note   Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
+  * @param  PeriphClk  Peripheral clock identifier
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC  RTC peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC  ADC peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral clock (only for devices with DFSDM)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1  I2C1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2  I2C2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3  I2C3 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4  I2C4 peripheral clock (only for devices with I2C4)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1  LPTIM1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2  LPTIM2 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1  LPUART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG  RNG peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1  SAI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI1)
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2  SAI2 peripheral clock (only for devices with SAI2)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1  SDMMC1 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1  SWPMI1 peripheral clock (only for devices with SWPMI1)
+  @endif
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1  USART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2  USART1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3  USART1 peripheral clock
+  @if STM32L462xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4A6xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  UART4 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  UART5 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L4S9xx
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART4)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5  USART1 peripheral clock (only for devices with UART5)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB  USB peripheral clock (only for devices with USB)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1  DFSDM1 peripheral kernel clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO  DFSDM1 peripheral audio clock (only for devices with DFSDM1)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC  LTDC peripheral clock (only for devices with LTDC)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_DSI  DSI peripheral clock (only for devices with DSI)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI  OctoSPI peripheral clock (only for devices with OctoSPI)
+  @endif
+  * @retval Frequency in Hz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+  uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+  uint32_t srcclk, pll_oscsource, pllvco, plln;    /* no init needed */
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+  uint32_t pllp;  /* no init needed */
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+
+  if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+  {
+    /* Get the current RTC source */
+    srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+    switch(srcclk)
+    {
+    case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE:
+      /* Check if LSE is ready */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+      {
+        frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI:
+      /* Check if LSI is ready */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+      {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+        if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+        {
+          frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+        }
+        else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+        {
+          frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32:
+      /* Check if HSE is ready */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+      {
+        frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Other external peripheral clock source than RTC */
+    pll_oscsource = __HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE();
+
+    /* Compute PLL clock input */
+    switch(pll_oscsource)
+    {
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:   /* MSI ? */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+      {
+        /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+        pllvco = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        pllvco = 0U;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:   /* HSI ? */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        pllvco = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        pllvco = 0U;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:   /* HSE ? */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+      {
+        pllvco = HSE_VALUE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        pllvco = 0U;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* No source */
+      pllvco = 0U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    switch(PeriphClk)
+    {
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1:
+      frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco);
+      break;
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2:
+      frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2, pllvco);
+      break;
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_OTG_FS) || defined(USB)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
+
+#endif /* USB_OTG_FS || USB */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RNG:
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && !defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1:
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 && !RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */
+      {
+        srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL);
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL:   /* MSI ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+          {
+            /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+            frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1:  /* PLL ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+          {
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+            {
+              /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+              plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+              /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+              frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0:  /* PLLSAI1 ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY))
+          {
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN))
+            {
+              plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+              /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+              /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+              /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+              /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */
+              frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+        case 0U:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */
+          {
+            frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        } /* switch(srcclk) */
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(SDMMC1) && defined(RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1:
+
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CCIPR2, RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL))  /* PLL "P" ? */
+      {
+        if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+        {
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPEN))
+          {
+            /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+            plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+            pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+            /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLP */
+            pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+            if(pllp == 0U)
+            {
+              if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+              {
+                pllp = 17U;
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                pllp = 7U;
+              }
+            }
+            frequency = (pllvco / pllp);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else  /* 48MHz from PLL "Q" or MSI or PLLSAI1Q or HSI48 */
+      {
+        srcclk = READ_BIT(RCC->CCIPR, RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL);
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL:   /* MSI ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+          {
+            /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+            frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_1:  /* PLL "Q" ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+          {
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+            {
+              /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+              plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+              /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+              frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_CCIPR_CLK48SEL_0:  /* PLLSAI1 ? */
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY))
+          {
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN))
+            {
+              /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+              plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+              /* f(PLL48M2CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1Q */
+              frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        case 0U:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CRRCR, RCC_CRRCR_HSI48RDY)) /* HSI48 ? */
+          {
+            frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        } /* switch(srcclk) */
+      }
+      break;
+
+#endif /* SDMMC1 && RCC_CCIPR2_SDMMCSEL */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current USART1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2:
+      {
+        /* Get the current USART2 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(USART3)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3:
+      {
+        /* Get the current USART3 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* USART3 */
+
+#if defined(UART4)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4:
+      {
+        /* Get the current UART4 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* UART4 */
+
+#if defined(UART5)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5:
+      {
+        /* Get the current UART5 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* UART5 */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPUART1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current LPUART1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPUART1_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPUART1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC:
+      {
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+        case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_ADC1CLK) != 0U))
+          {
+            plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+            /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+            /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1M */
+            pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+            /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI1N / PLLM */
+            pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+            /* f(PLLADC1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) / PLLSAI1R */
+            frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+          }
+          break;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
+        case RCC_ADCCLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_ADC2CLK) != 0U))
+          {
+            plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+            /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */
+            /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2M */
+            pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+            /* f(PLL Source) * PLLSAI2N / PLLM */
+            pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+            /* f(PLLADC2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) / PLLSAI2R */
+            frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+          }
+          break;
+#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Filter0)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current DFSDM1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE();
+
+        if(srcclk == RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2)
+        {
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1AUDIO:
+      {
+        /* Get the current DFSDM1 audio source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI1:
+          frequency = RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1, pllvco);
+          break;
+        case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_MSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+          {
+            /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+            frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Filter0 */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current I2C1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(I2C2)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2:
+      {
+        /* Get the current I2C2 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3:
+      {
+        /* Get the current I2C3 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(I2C4)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4:
+      {
+        /* Get the current I2C4 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* I2C4 */
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current LPTIM1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+          {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+            {
+              frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+            }
+            else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+            {
+              frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM2:
+      {
+        /* Get the current LPTIM2 source */
+       srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM2_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+          {
+#if defined(RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV)
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV))
+            {
+              frequency = LSI_VALUE/128U;
+            }
+            else
+#endif /* RCC_CSR_LSIPREDIV */
+            {
+              frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_LPTIM2CLKSOURCE_LSE:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+          {
+            frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#if defined(SWPMI1)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_SWPMI1:
+      {
+        /* Get the current SWPMI1 source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SWPMI1_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_SWPMI1CLKSOURCE_HSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+          {
+            frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* SWPMI1 */
+
+#if defined(OCTOSPI1) || defined(OCTOSPI2)
+
+    case RCC_PERIPHCLK_OSPI:
+      {
+        /* Get the current OctoSPI clock source */
+        srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_OSPI_SOURCE();
+
+        switch(srcclk)
+        {
+        case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+          frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+          break;
+        case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_MSI:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+          {
+            /*MSI frequency range in HZ*/
+            frequency = MSIRangeTable[(__HAL_RCC_GET_MSI_RANGE() >> 4U)];
+          }
+          break;
+        case RCC_OSPICLKSOURCE_PLL:
+          if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))
+          {
+            if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQEN))
+            {
+              /* f(PLL Source) * PLLN / PLLM */
+              plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+              pllvco = ((pllvco * plln) / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+              /* f(PLL48M1CLK) = f(VCO input) / PLLQ */
+              frequency = (pllvco / (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_Pos) + 1U) << 1U));
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+        default:
+          /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+          break;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 || OCTOSPI2 */
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return(frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Clock management functions
+ *  @brief  Extended Clock management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended clock management functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the
+    activation or deactivation of MSI PLL-mode, PLLSAI1, PLLSAI2, LSE CSS,
+    Low speed clock output and clock after wake-up from STOP mode.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable PLLSAI1.
+  * @param  PLLSAI1Init  pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI1
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI1(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef  *PLLSAI1Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut));
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors M, P, Q and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1M, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R);
+#else
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factors P, Q and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_CONFIG(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1N, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1P, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1Q, PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1R);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI1Init->PLLSAI1ClockOut);
+
+    /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+    while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable PLLSAI1.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI1(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI1 Clock outputs */
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1QEN|RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1REN);
+
+  /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY)) == 0U)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+  }
+#else
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0U)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+  }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable PLLSAI2.
+  * @param  PLLSAI2Init  pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the PLLSAI2
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI2(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef  *PLLSAI2Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut));
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT) && defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P, Q and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors M, P and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2M, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#elif defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P, Q and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2Q, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#else
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Multiplication factor N */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factors P and R */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_CONFIG(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2N, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2P, PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2R);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+    /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PLLSAI2Init->PLLSAI2ClockOut);
+
+    /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+    while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable PLLISAI2.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI2(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+  while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the PLLSAI2 Clock outputs */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2QEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN);
+#else
+  __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_DISABLE(RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PEN|RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2REN);
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT && RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Reset PLL source to save power if no PLLs on */
+  if(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_PLLRDY | RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY)) == 0U)
+  {
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the oscillator clock source for wakeup from Stop and CSS backup clock.
+  * @param  WakeUpClk  Wakeup clock
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_MSI  MSI oscillator selection
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK_HSI  HSI oscillator selection
+  * @note   This function shall not be called after the Clock Security System on HSE has been
+  *         enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_WakeUpStopCLKConfig(uint32_t WakeUpClk)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_STOP_WAKEUPCLOCK(WakeUpClk));
+
+  __HAL_RCC_WAKEUPSTOP_CLK_CONFIG(WakeUpClk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the MSI range after standby mode.
+  * @note   After Standby its frequency can be selected between 4 possible values (1, 2, 4 or 8 MHz).
+  * @param  MSIRange  MSI range
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_4  Range 4 around 1 MHz
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_5  Range 5 around 2 MHz
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_6  Range 6 around 4 MHz (reset value)
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_MSIRANGE_7  Range 7 around 8 MHz
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_StandbyMSIRangeConfig(uint32_t MSIRange)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_CLOCK_RANGE(MSIRange));
+
+  __HAL_RCC_MSI_STANDBY_RANGE_CONFIG(MSIRange);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the LSE Clock Security System.
+  * @note   Prior to enable the LSE Clock Security System, LSE oscillator is to be enabled
+  *         with HAL_RCC_OscConfig() and the LSE oscillator clock is to be selected as RTC
+  *         clock with HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the LSE Clock Security System.
+  * @note   LSE Clock Security System can only be disabled after a LSE failure detection.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ;
+
+  /* Disable LSE CSS IT if any */
+  __HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the LSE Clock Security System Interrupt & corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @note   LSE Clock Security System Interrupt is mapped on RTC EXTI line 19
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT(void)
+{
+  /* Enable LSE CSS */
+  SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSECSSON) ;
+
+  /* Enable LSE CSS IT */
+  __HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+
+  /* Enable IT on EXTI Line 19 */
+  __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check RCC LSE CSSF flag  */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS))
+  {
+    /* RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback();
+
+    /* Clear RCC LSE CSS pending bit */
+    __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Select the Low Speed clock source to output on LSCO pin (PA2).
+  * @param  LSCOSource  specifies the Low Speed clock source to output.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSI  LSI clock selected as LSCO source
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_LSCOSOURCE_LSE  LSE clock selected as LSCO source
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSCO(uint32_t LSCOSource)
+{
+  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
+  FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+  FlagStatus       backupchanged = RESET;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_LSCOSOURCE(LSCOSource));
+
+  /* LSCO Pin Clock Enable */
+  __LSCO_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Configue the LSCO pin in analog mode */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = LSCO_PIN;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(LSCO_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /* Update LSCOSEL clock source in Backup Domain control register */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+    pwrclkchanged = SET;
+  }
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+  {
+    HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
+    backupchanged = SET;
+  }
+
+  MODIFY_REG(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOSEL | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN, LSCOSource | RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN);
+
+  if(backupchanged == SET)
+  {
+    HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess();
+  }
+  if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Low Speed clock output.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSCO(void)
+{
+  FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+  FlagStatus       backupchanged = RESET;
+
+  /* Update LSCOEN bit in Backup Domain control register */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+    pwrclkchanged = SET;
+  }
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP))
+  {
+    /* Enable access to the backup domain */
+    HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
+    backupchanged = SET;
+  }
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSCOEN);
+
+  /* Restore previous configuration */
+  if(backupchanged == SET)
+  {
+    /* Disable access to the backup domain */
+    HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess();
+  }
+  if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the PLL-mode of the MSI.
+  * @note   Prior to enable the PLL-mode of the MSI for automatic hardware
+  *         calibration LSE oscillator is to be enabled with HAL_RCC_OscConfig().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableMSIPLLMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the PLL-mode of the MSI.
+  * @note   PLL-mode of the MSI is automatically reset when LSE oscillator is disabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableMSIPLLMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIPLLEN) ;
+}
+
+#if defined (OCTOSPI1) && defined (OCTOSPI2)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure OCTOSPI instances DQS delays.
+  * @param  Delay1  OCTOSPI1 DQS delay
+  * @param  Delay2  OCTOSPI2 DQS delay
+  * @note   Delay parameters stand for unitary delays from 0 to 15. Actual delay is Delay1 or Delay2 + 1.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_OCTOSPIDelayConfig(uint32_t Delay1, uint32_t Delay2)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OCTOSPIDELAY(Delay1));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OCTOSPIDELAY(Delay2));
+
+  MODIFY_REG(RCC->DLYCFGR, RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI1_DLY|RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI2_DLY, (Delay1 | (Delay2 << RCC_DLYCFGR_OCTOSPI2_DLY_Pos))) ;
+}
+#endif /* OCTOSPI1 && OCTOSPI2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *  @brief  Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled
+
+      (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions
+
+      (#) Call CRS functions as follows:
+          (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration
+              (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit)
+                        and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming.
+              (+++) Macro __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate
+                        directly reload value with target and sychronization frequencies values
+          (##) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which
+              (+++) Resets CRS registers to their default values.
+              (+++) Configures CRS registers with synchronization configuration
+              (+++) Enables automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature
+           Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the
+           periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be
+           provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock
+           precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs
+           should be used as SYNC signal.
+
+          (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization
+              (+++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization()
+              (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue
+                        application if synchronization is OK
+
+      (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function
+            HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo()
+
+      (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration
+           in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig.
+           Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value),
+           it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be
+           incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency
+           is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented).
+
+      (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go
+          through CRS Handler (CRS_IRQn/CRS_IRQHandler)
+              (++) Call function HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig()
+              (++) Enable CRS_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions)
+              (++) Enable CRS interrupt (__HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT)
+              (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from
+                   HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler():
+                   (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback()
+                   (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback()
+                   (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback()
+                   (+++) HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback()
+
+      (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate().
+          This function can be called before calling HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler)
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start automatic synchronization for polling mode
+  * @param  pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit)
+{
+  uint32_t value;  /* no init needed */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue));
+
+  /* CONFIGURATION */
+
+  /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/
+  __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */
+  /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */
+  /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */
+  value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity);
+  /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */
+  value |= pInit->ReloadValue;
+  /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */
+  value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_Pos);
+  WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value);
+
+  /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+  /* Set the TRIM[6:0] bits for STM32L412xx/L422xx or TRIM[5:0] bits otherwise
+     according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */
+  MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos));
+
+  /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/
+
+  /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */
+  SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate the software synchronization event
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return synchronization info
+  * @param  pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(pSynchroInfo != (void *)NULL);
+
+  /* Get the reload value */
+  pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD));
+
+  /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+  pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_Pos);
+
+  /* Get Frequency error capture */
+  pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_Pos);
+
+  /* Get Frequency error direction */
+  pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR));
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status.
+* @param Timeout  Duration of the timeout
+* @note  Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization
+*        frequency.
+* @note    If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned.
+* @retval Combination of Synchronization status
+*          This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+*            @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Get timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */
+  do
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC event OK */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK;
+
+      /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK);
+    }
+
+    /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC warning */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN;
+
+      /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN);
+    }
+
+    /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Error */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+
+      /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF);
+    }
+
+    /* Check CRS Error flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Error */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+
+      /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR);
+    }
+
+    /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS))
+    {
+      /* CRS SYNC Missed */
+      crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+
+      /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS);
+    }
+
+    /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag  */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC))
+    {
+      /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+      __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC);
+    }
+  } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus);
+
+  return crsstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+  /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */
+  uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR);
+  uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR);
+
+  /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag  */
+  if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag  */
+  else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag  */
+  else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != 0U))
+  {
+    /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+    WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC);
+
+    /* user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback();
+  }
+  /* Check CRS Error flags  */
+  else
+  {
+    if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != 0U) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != 0U))
+    {
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != 0U)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+      }
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != 0U)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+      }
+      if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != 0U)
+      {
+        crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear CRS Error flags */
+      WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC);
+
+      /* user error callback */
+      HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback.
+  * @param  Error Combination of Error status.
+  *         This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+  *           @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(Error);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* CRS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCCEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI1 and enable PLLSAI1 output clock(s).
+  * @param  PllSai1  pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI1 output clock(s)
+  * @param  Divider  divider parameter to be updated
+  *
+  * @note   PLLSAI1 is temporary disable to apply new parameters
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI1_Config(RCC_PLLSAI1InitTypeDef *PllSai1, uint32_t Divider)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* check for PLLSAI1 Parameters used to output PLLSAI1CLK */
+  /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1SOURCE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1M_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1M));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1N_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1N));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut));
+
+  /* Check that PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M can be applied */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+  {
+    /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change  */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source)
+       ||
+       (PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+       ||
+       (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai1->PLLSAI1M)
+#endif
+      )
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check PLLSAI1 clock source availability */
+    switch(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source)
+    {
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+      {
+        if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP))
+        {
+          status = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+      /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source */
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source);
+#else
+      /* Set PLLSAI1 clock source and divider M */
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai1->PLLSAI1Source | (PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable the PLLSAI1 */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready to be updated */
+    while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) != 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE)
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1P_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1P << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos));
+#else
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+      else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE)
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1Q_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1Q_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI1R_VALUE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1R));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai1->PLLSAI1M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos));
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N | RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R,
+                   (PllSai1->PLLSAI1N << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai1->PLLSAI1R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1R_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the PLLSAI1 again by setting PLLSAI1ON to 1*/
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till PLLSAI1 is ready */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI1_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI1 Clock output(s) */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai1->PLLSAI1ClockOut);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI1_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the parameters N & P & optionally M of PLLSAI2 and enable PLLSAI2 output clock(s).
+  * @param  PllSai2  pointer to an RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration parameters N & P & optionally M as well as PLLSAI2 output clock(s)
+  * @param  Divider  divider parameter to be updated
+  *
+  * @note   PLLSAI2 is temporary disable to apply new parameters
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef RCCEx_PLLSAI2_Config(RCC_PLLSAI2InitTypeDef *PllSai2, uint32_t Divider)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* check for PLLSAI2 Parameters used to output PLLSAI2CLK */
+  /* P, Q and R dividers are verified in each specific divider case below */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2SOURCE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2M_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2M));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2N_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2N));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2CLOCKOUT_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut));
+
+  /* Check that PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M can be applied */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+  {
+    /* PLL clock source and divider M already set, check that no request for change  */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source)
+       ||
+       (PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source == RCC_PLLSOURCE_NONE)
+#if !defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+       ||
+       (((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U) != PllSai2->PLLSAI2M)
+#endif
+      )
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check PLLSAI2 clock source availability */
+    switch(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source)
+    {
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_MSIRDY))
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE:
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+      {
+        if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP))
+        {
+          status = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+      /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source */
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source);
+#else
+      /* Set PLLSAI2 clock source and divider M */
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM, PllSai2->PLLSAI2Source | (PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos);
+#endif
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable the PLLSAI2 */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready to be updated */
+    while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) != 0U)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(Divider == DIVIDER_P_UPDATE)
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2P_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2P));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor P and Multiplication factor N*/
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2P << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos));
+#else
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2P >> 4U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT)
+      else if(Divider == DIVIDER_Q_UPDATE)
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2Q_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor Q and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2Q >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2Q_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2Q_DIV_SUPPORT */
+      else
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI2R_VALUE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2R));
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor M, R and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos) |
+                   ((PllSai2->PLLSAI2M - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos));
+#else
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Division factor R and Multiplication factor N*/
+        MODIFY_REG(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR,
+                   RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N | RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R,
+                   (PllSai2->PLLSAI2N << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos) |
+                   (((PllSai2->PLLSAI2R >> 1U) - 1U) << RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2R_Pos));
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT */
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the PLLSAI2 again by setting PLLSAI2ON to 1*/
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till PLLSAI2 is ready */
+      while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) == 0U)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI2 Clock output(s) */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_ENABLE(PllSai2->PLLSAI2ClockOut);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(SAI1)
+
+static uint32_t RCCEx_GetSAIxPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk, uint32_t InputFrequency)
+{
+  uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+  uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
+  uint32_t pllvco, plln;    /* no init needed */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT)
+  uint32_t pllp = 0U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLP_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Handle SAIs */
+  if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1)
+  {
+    srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
+    if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN)
+    {
+      frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI1_CLOCK_VALUE;
+    }
+    /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */
+  }
+#if defined(SAI2)
+  else
+  {
+    if(PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)
+    {
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
+      if(srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN)
+      {
+        frequency = EXTERNAL_SAI2_CLOCK_VALUE;
+      }
+      /* Else, PLL clock output to check below */
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+  if(frequency == 0U)
+  {
+    pllvco = InputFrequency;
+
+#if defined(SAI2)
+    if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLL))
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI3CLK) != 0U))
+      {
+        /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+        /* f(PLLSAI3CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */
+        plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+        if(pllp == 0U)
+        {
+          if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+          {
+            pllp = 17U;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            pllp = 7U;
+          }
+        }
+        frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+      }
+    }
+    else if(srcclk == 0U)  /* RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 || RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1 */
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U))
+      {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+        /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+        /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+        /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */
+        plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+        if(pllp == 0U)
+        {
+          if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U)
+          {
+            pllp = 17U;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            pllp = 7U;
+          }
+        }
+        frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+      }
+    }
+#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
+    else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_HSI) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_HSI))
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */
+
+#else
+    if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLL)
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLCLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLL_SAI2CLK) != 0U))
+      {
+        /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+        /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCO input) * PLLN / PLLP */
+        plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLP_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLPDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+        if(pllp == 0U)
+        {
+          if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) != 0U)
+          {
+            pllp = 17U;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            pllp = 7U;
+          }
+        }
+        frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+      }
+      else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+      }
+    }
+    else if(srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI1)
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI1RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI1CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI1_SAI1CLK) != 0U))
+      {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* PLLSAI1M exists: apply PLLSAI1M divider for PLLSAI1 output computation */
+        /* f(PLLSAI1 Source) / PLLSAI1M */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+        /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+        /* f(PLLSAI1CLK) = f(VCOSAI1 input) * PLLSAI1N / PLLSAI1P */
+        plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI1P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+        if(pllp == 0U)
+        {
+          if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI1CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI1CFGR_PLLSAI1P) != 0U)
+          {
+            pllp = 17U;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            pllp = 7U;
+          }
+        }
+        frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+      }
+      else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))
+      {
+        /* HSI automatically selected as clock source if PLLs not enabled */
+        frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* SAI2 */
+
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT)
+
+    else if((srcclk == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2) || (srcclk == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI2))
+    {
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLSAI2RDY) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLLSAI2CLKOUT_CONFIG(RCC_PLLSAI2_SAI2CLK) != 0U))
+      {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2M_DIV_1_16_SUPPORT)
+        /* PLLSAI2M exists: apply PLLSAI2M divider for PLLSAI2 output computation */
+        /* f(PLLSAI2 Source) / PLLSAI2M */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2M_Pos) + 1U));
+#else
+        /* f(PLL Source) / PLLM */
+        pllvco = (pllvco / ((READ_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM) >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
+#endif
+        /* f(PLLSAI2CLK) = f(VCOSAI2 input) * PLLSAI2N / PLLSAI2P */
+        plln = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2N_Pos;
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSAI2P_DIV_2_31_SUPPORT)
+        pllp = READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV) >> RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2PDIV_Pos;
+#endif
+        if(pllp == 0U)
+        {
+          if(READ_BIT(RCC->PLLSAI2CFGR, RCC_PLLSAI2CFGR_PLLSAI2P) != 0U)
+          {
+            pllp = 17U;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            pllp = 7U;
+          }
+        }
+        frequency = (pllvco * plln) / pllp;
+      }
+    }
+
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSAI2_SUPPORT */
+
+    else
+    {
+      /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  return frequency;
+}
+
+#endif /* SAI1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..32b9083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4362 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SPI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+          SPI_HandleTypeDef  hspi;
+
+      (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API:
+          (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock
+          (##) SPI pins configuration
+              (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
+              (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
+          (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+              (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
+              (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
+          (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+              (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Stream/Channel
+              (+++) Enable the DMAx clock
+              (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+              (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+              (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx(or _rx)  handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
+              (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+
+      (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS
+          management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
+
+      (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
+          (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+              by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
+     [..]
+       Circular mode restriction:
+      (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
+          (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly
+          (##) Master 1Line Rx
+      (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
+      (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
+          the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
+     [..]
+       Master Receive mode restriction:
+      (#) In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=1) or
+          bidirectional receive mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI
+          does not initiate a new transfer the following procedure has to be respected:
+          (##) HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+          (##) HAL_SPI_Init()
+     [..]
+       Callback registration:
+
+      (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U
+          allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+          Use Functions HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+          Function HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+            (++) TxCpltCallback        : SPI Tx Completed callback
+            (++) RxCpltCallback        : SPI Rx Completed callback
+            (++) TxRxCpltCallback      : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+            (++) TxHalfCpltCallback    : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+            (++) RxHalfCpltCallback    : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+            (++) TxRxHalfCpltCallback  : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+            (++) ErrorCallback         : SPI Error callback
+            (++) AbortCpltCallback     : SPI Abort callback
+            (++) MspInitCallback       : SPI Msp Init callback
+            (++) MspDeInitCallback     : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+          This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+          and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+
+      (#) Use function HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+          weak function.
+          HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+          and the Callback ID.
+          This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+            (++) TxCpltCallback        : SPI Tx Completed callback
+            (++) RxCpltCallback        : SPI Rx Completed callback
+            (++) TxRxCpltCallback      : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+            (++) TxHalfCpltCallback    : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+            (++) RxHalfCpltCallback    : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+            (++) TxRxHalfCpltCallback  : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+            (++) ErrorCallback         : SPI Error callback
+            (++) AbortCpltCallback     : SPI Abort callback
+            (++) MspInitCallback       : SPI Msp Init callback
+            (++) MspDeInitCallback     : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+
+       [..]
+       By default, after the HAL_SPI_Init() and when the state is HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET
+       all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+       examples HAL_SPI_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+       Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+       reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit() only when
+       these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+       If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+       keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+
+       [..]
+       Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY state only.
+       Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+       in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY or HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET state,
+       thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+       Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+       using HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+       or HAL_SPI_Init() function.
+
+       [..]
+       When the compilation define USE_HAL_PPP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+       not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+       and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+     [..]
+       Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the different SPI Modes,
+       the following table resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size 8bits/16bits,
+         according to frequency of the APBx Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance.
+
+  @endverbatim
+
+  Additional table :
+
+       DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT:
+       +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+       |         |                | 2Lines Fullduplex   |     2Lines RxOnly    |         1Line        |
+       | Process | Transfer mode  |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+       |         |                |  Master  |  Slave   |  Master   |  Slave   |  Master   |  Slave   |
+       |==============================================================================================|
+       |    T    |     Polling    | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/8  |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    /    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/16 |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |    R    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    X    |       DMA      | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2  |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+       |         |     Polling    | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/16  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  |
+       |         |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    R    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/4  |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |         |       DMA      | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2   | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2   | Fpclk/16 |
+       |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+       |         |     Polling    | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/2  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  |
+       |         |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    T    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/4  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/16  | Fpclk/8  |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |         |       DMA      | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/16 |
+       +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+       DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT:
+       +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+       |         |                | 2Lines Fullduplex   |     2Lines RxOnly    |         1Line        |
+       | Process | Transfer mode  |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+       |         |                |  Master  |  Slave   |  Master   |  Slave   |  Master   |  Slave   |
+       |==============================================================================================|
+       |    T    |     Polling    | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/8  |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    /    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/16 |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |    R    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    X    |       DMA      | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2  |    NA     |    NA    |    NA     |   NA     |
+       |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+       |         |     Polling    | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/16  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  |
+       |         |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    R    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/4  |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |         |       DMA      | Fpclk/4  | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2   | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2   | Fpclk/16 |
+       |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+       |         |     Polling    | Fpclk/8  | Fpclk/2  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/8  |
+       |         |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |    T    |     Interrupt  | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/4  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/16  | Fpclk/8  |
+       |    X    |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+       |         |       DMA      | Fpclk/2  | Fpclk/2  |     NA    |    NA    | Fpclk/8   | Fpclk/16 |
+       +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+       @note The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (4bits, 5bits,..., 8bits,...15bits, 16bits),
+             SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA).
+       @note
+            (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+            (#) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA()
+            (#) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA()
+
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI SPI
+  * @brief SPI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+                                                       uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+                                                       uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Mode
+        (++) Direction
+        (++) Data Size
+        (++) Clock Polarity and Phase
+        (++) NSS Management
+        (++) BaudRate Prescaler
+        (++) FirstBit
+        (++) TIMode
+        (++) CRC Calculation
+        (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
+        (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16
+        (++) FIFO reception threshold
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected SPIx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  uint32_t frxth;
+
+  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+  if (hspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode));
+  if (hspi->Init.TIMode == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
+
+    if (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Baudrate prescaler not use in Motoraola Slave mode. force to default value */
+      hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+
+    /* Force polarity and phase to TI protocaol requirements */
+    hspi->Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+    hspi->Init.CLKPhase    = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength));
+  }
+#else
+  hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    /* Init the SPI Callback settings */
+    hspi->TxCpltCallback       = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback       */
+    hspi->RxCpltCallback       = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback       */
+    hspi->TxRxCpltCallback     = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback     */
+    hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback   = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback   */
+    hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback   = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback   */
+    hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+    hspi->ErrorCallback        = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback;        /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback        */
+    hspi->AbortCpltCallback    = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback;    /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback    */
+
+    if (hspi->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+    hspi->MspInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+    HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF;
+  }
+
+  /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */
+  if ((hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) && (hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT))
+  {
+    /* CRC must be disabled */
+    hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  }
+
+  /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
+  Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
+  WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, ((hspi->Init.Mode & (SPI_CR1_MSTR | SPI_CR1_SSI)) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.Direction & (SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.CLKPolarity & SPI_CR1_CPOL) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.CLKPhase & SPI_CR1_CPHA) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler & SPI_CR1_BR_Msk) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.FirstBit  & SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation & SPI_CR1_CRCEN)));
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCL Configuration -------------------*/
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE)
+    {
+      /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */
+      if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+      {
+        hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure : CRC Length */
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCL);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Configure : NSS management, TI Mode, NSS Pulse, Data size and Rx Fifo threshold */
+  WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.TIMode & SPI_CR2_FRF) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.NSSPMode & SPI_CR2_NSSP) |
+                                  (hspi->Init.DataSize & SPI_CR2_DS_Msk) |
+                                  (frxth & SPI_CR2_FRXTH)));
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
+  /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, (hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial & SPI_CRCPR_CRCPOLY_Msk));
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */
+
+  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->State     = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initialize the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+  if (hspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check SPI Instance parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  if (hspi->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  hspi->MspDeInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI MSP.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initialize the SPI MSP.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User SPI Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                           pSPI_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hspi->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an SPI Callback
+  *         SPI callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback;             /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback       */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback;             /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback       */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback;         /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback     */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback   */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback   */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback;               /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback        */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback;       /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback    */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak MspInit              */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit;               /* Legacy weak MspDeInit            */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak MspInit              */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit;               /* Legacy weak MspDeInit            */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode :
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+            The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+            will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+            The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+    (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA)
+        exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+  uint16_t initial_TxXferCount;
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+
+  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+    {
+      hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+      hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+      hspi->TxXferCount--;
+    }
+    /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+    while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+      if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Timeout management */
+        if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+    {
+      if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+      {
+        /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr ++;
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+    }
+    while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+      if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+      {
+        if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+        {
+          /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+          hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+          hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+          hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+          hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+          hspi->TxXferCount--;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Timeout management */
+        if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+  {
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  }
+
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+error:
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+    return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */
+    hspi->RxXferCount--;
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure communication direction: 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Transfer loop */
+    while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Check the RXNE flag */
+      if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+      {
+        /* read the received data */
+        (* (uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint8_t);
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Timeout management */
+        if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Transfer loop */
+    while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Check the RXNE flag */
+      if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+      {
+        *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Timeout management */
+        if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Handle the CRC Transmission */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* freeze the CRC before the latest data */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+
+    /* Read the latest data */
+    if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* the latest data has not been received */
+      errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */
+    if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+    {
+      *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+    }
+    /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */
+    else
+    {
+      (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait the CRC data */
+    if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+      errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      goto error;
+    }
+
+    /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+    if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+    {
+      /* Read 16bit CRC */
+      READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Read 8bit CRC */
+      READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+      if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+      {
+        if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* Error on the CRC reception */
+          SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+        /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+        READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+  if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+error :
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent and received
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size,
+                                          uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t             initial_TxXferCount;
+  uint16_t             initial_RxXferCount;
+  uint32_t             tmp_mode;
+  HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+  uint32_t             tickstart;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  uint32_t             spi_cr1;
+  uint32_t             spi_cr2;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Variable used to alternate Rx and Tx during transfer */
+  uint32_t             txallowed = 1U;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef    errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Init temporary variables */
+  tmp_state           = hspi->State;
+  tmp_mode            = hspi->Init.Mode;
+  initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+  initial_RxXferCount = Size;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  spi_cr1             = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1);
+  spi_cr2             = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+        ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+
+  /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+  if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (initial_RxXferCount > 1U))
+  {
+    /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+    {
+      hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+      hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+      hspi->TxXferCount--;
+    }
+    while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+    {
+      /* Check TXE flag */
+      if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+        /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+        txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+        if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+        {
+          /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+          if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+          {
+            SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+          }
+          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+        }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+      }
+
+      /* Check RXNE flag */
+      if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+      {
+        *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+        txallowed = 1U;
+      }
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))
+      {
+        errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        goto error;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+    {
+      if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+        hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+    }
+    while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+    {
+      /* Check TXE flag */
+      if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+      {
+        if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+        {
+          hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+          hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+          hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+          hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+          hspi->TxXferCount--;
+        }
+        /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+        txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+        if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+        {
+          /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+          if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+          {
+            SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+          }
+          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+        }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+      }
+
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */
+      if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+      {
+        if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+        {
+          *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+          hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+          hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+          if (hspi->RxXferCount <= 1U)
+          {
+            /* Set RX Fifo threshold before to switch on 8 bit data size */
+            SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+          hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+          hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+        /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+        txallowed = 1U;
+      }
+      if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >=  Timeout) && ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        goto error;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Wait until TXE flag */
+    if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Error on the CRC reception */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+      errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      goto error;
+    }
+    /* Read CRC */
+    if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+    {
+      /* Read 16bit CRC */
+      READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Read 8bit CRC */
+      READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+      if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+      {
+        if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* Error on the CRC reception */
+          SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+          errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          goto error;
+        }
+        /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+        READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+  if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+    /* Clear CRC Flag */
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+
+error :
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+
+  /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+error :
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+    return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+
+  /* Check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+    hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+    hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+    if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+    {
+      hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+    }
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
+            to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
+            process unlock */
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+error :
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent and received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t             tmp_mode;
+  HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef    errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Init temporary variables */
+  tmp_state           = hspi->State;
+  tmp_mode            = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+  if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+        ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR     = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT;
+    hspi->TxISR     = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR     = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT;
+    hspi->TxISR     = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+    if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+    {
+      hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+    }
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */
+  if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size >= 2U))
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+error :
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check tx dma handle */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt;
+
+  /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+  /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+  /* Packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */
+  if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
+  {
+    /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */
+    if ((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0U)
+    {
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+      hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+      hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+  if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR,
+                                 hspi->TxXferCount))
+  {
+    /* Update SPI error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @note   In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData pointer to data buffer
+  * @note   When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1.
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check rx dma handle */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+
+  if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Check tx dma handle */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+    /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+    return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pData;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI Peripheral before set 1Line direction (BIDIOE bit) */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+    if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+      if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+      {
+        CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+        hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+        hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+
+  /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+  /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel  */
+  if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr,
+                                 hspi->RxXferCount))
+  {
+    /* Update SPI error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+error:
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+  * @note   When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
+  * @param  Size amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+                                              uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t             tmp_mode;
+  HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check rx & tx dma handles */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+  /* Check Direction parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Init temporary variables */
+  tmp_state           = hspi->State;
+  tmp_mode            = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+  if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) ||
+        ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+  {
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+  if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the transaction information */
+  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+  /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+  hspi->RxISR       = NULL;
+  hspi->TxISR       = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  /* Reset the threshold bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX | SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+
+  /* The packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */
+  if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+    if (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      if ((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+      {
+        CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+        hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+        hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+      if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+      {
+        CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+        hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+        hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */
+  if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback     = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt;
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback     = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+  /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel  */
+  if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr,
+                                 hspi->RxXferCount))
+  {
+    /* Update SPI error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing
+  is performed in DMA reception complete callback  */
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback     = NULL;
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback    = NULL;
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback    = NULL;
+
+  /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel  */
+  if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR,
+                                 hspi->TxXferCount))
+  {
+    /* Update SPI error code */
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+    goto error;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+  if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+  {
+    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+  }
+  /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+  __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode).
+  * @param  hspi SPI handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+  *         started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+  __IO uint32_t resetcount;
+
+  /* Initialized local variable  */
+  errorcode = HAL_OK;
+  resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+  count = resetcount;
+
+  /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+  /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+    /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+    do
+    {
+      if (count == 0U)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+        break;
+      }
+      count--;
+    } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+    /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+    count = resetcount;
+  }
+
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+    /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+    do
+    {
+      if (count == 0U)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+        break;
+      }
+      count--;
+    } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+    /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+    count = resetcount;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+  {
+    /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+      will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN));
+
+      if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+      /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+      if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+  {
+    /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+      will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+      /* Control the BSY flag */
+      if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+
+      /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+      if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+    }
+  }
+  /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+  {
+    /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+    errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset errorCode */
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+  /* Restore hspi->state to ready */
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode).
+  * @param  hspi SPI handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+  *         started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  *           - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+  *         considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+  uint32_t abortcplt ;
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+  __IO uint32_t resetcount;
+
+  /* Initialized local variable  */
+  errorcode = HAL_OK;
+  abortcplt = 1U;
+  resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+  count = resetcount;
+
+  /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+  /* Change Rx and Tx Irq Handler to Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE interrupts */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+    /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+    do
+    {
+      if (count == 0U)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+        break;
+      }
+      count--;
+    } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+    /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+    count = resetcount;
+  }
+
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+    /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+    do
+    {
+      if (count == 0U)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+        break;
+      }
+      count--;
+    } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+    /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+    count = resetcount;
+  }
+
+  /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SPI Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+     before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+  /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+  if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+       Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+    {
+      hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMATxAbortCallback;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+  if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+       Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+    {
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMARxAbortCallback;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+  {
+    /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel */
+    if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        abortcplt = 0U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+  {
+    /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel */
+    if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx) !=  HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+        hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        abortcplt = 0U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (abortcplt == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+    hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+    hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+    {
+      /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+      errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reset errorCode */
+      hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+    /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Pause the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback():
+     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
+     */
+
+  /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream/Channel  */
+  if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx))
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+      errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream/Channel  */
+  if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx))
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+      errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle SPI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  uint32_t itsource = hspi->Instance->CR2;
+  uint32_t itflag   = hspi->Instance->SR;
+
+  /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) &&
+      (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR(hspi);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* SPI in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET))
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR(hspi);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* SPI in Error Treatment --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if (((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+       || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+    if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+    {
+      if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR);
+        __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+    if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF);
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+    if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE);
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Disable all interrupts */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+      /* Disable the SPI DMA requests if enabled */
+      if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)))
+      {
+        CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+
+        /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */
+        if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+          will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+          if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx))
+          {
+            SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+          }
+        }
+        /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */
+        if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+          will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+          hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+          if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx))
+          {
+            SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+        HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SPI error callback.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+  /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes
+            and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SPI Abort Complete callback.
+  * @param  hspi SPI handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hspi);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  * @brief   SPI control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
+     (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
+     (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPI handle state.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval SPI state
+  */
+HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Return SPI handle state */
+  return hspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPI error code.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Return SPI ErrorCode */
+  return hspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
+  * @brief   Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* DMA Normal Mode */
+  if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+    /* Check the end of the transaction */
+    if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    }
+
+    /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */
+    if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+    {
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Call user Tx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* DMA Normal Mode */
+  if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    /* CRC handling */
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag */
+      if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Error on the CRC reception */
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+      }
+      /* Read CRC */
+      if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+      {
+        /* Read 16bit CRC */
+        READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Read 8bit CRC */
+        READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+        if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+        {
+          if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* Error on the CRC reception */
+            SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+          }
+          /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+          READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Check if we are in Master RX 2 line mode */
+    if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+    {
+      /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Normal case */
+      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+    }
+
+    /* Check the end of the transaction */
+    if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+
+    hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* DMA Normal Mode */
+  if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    /* CRC handling */
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT))
+      {
+        if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT,
+                                          tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* Error on the CRC reception */
+          SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+        }
+        /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+        READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* Error on the CRC reception */
+          SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+        }
+        /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+        READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Check the end of the transaction */
+    if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+    hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+    hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Call user Tx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI half receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Call user Rx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI half transmit receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Call user TxRx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+  * @note   When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+  *         Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+  if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+  {
+    /* Reset errorCode */
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+  /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+  hspi->State  = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA SPI Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+  * @note   When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+  *         Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+  /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Control the BSY flag */
+  if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+  if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+  {
+    /* Reset errorCode */
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+  /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+  hspi->State  = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+  HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Receive data in packing mode */
+  if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+  {
+    *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+    hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+    if (hspi->RxXferCount == 1U)
+    {
+      /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+    hspi->RxXferCount--;
+  }
+
+  /* Check end of the reception */
+  if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Disable RXNE  and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+  READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+  hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+  /* Check end of the reception */
+  if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */
+  if (hspi->TxXferCount >= 2U)
+  {
+    hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+    hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+  }
+  /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+    hspi->TxXferCount--;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the end of the transmission */
+  if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+      /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+    if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+  *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+  hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+  if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+    if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the CRC 16-bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+  READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+  /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+  SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+  hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+  hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+  if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+      /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+    /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+    if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the CRC 8-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+  READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+  hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+  if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+  {
+    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the receive 8-bit in Interrupt context.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+  hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+  if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the CRC 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+  READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+  /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Manage the 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+  hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+  hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+  if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+  if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC;
+      return;
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the data 8-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+  hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+  if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the data 16-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+  hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+  hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+  hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+  if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+  {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+    if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+    }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle SPI Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  Flag SPI flag to check
+  * @param  State flag state to check
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+                                                       uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t tmp_timeout;
+  uint32_t tmp_tickstart;
+
+  /* Adjust Timeout value  in case of end of transfer */
+  tmp_timeout   = Timeout - (HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart);
+  tmp_tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Calculate Timeout based on a software loop to avoid blocking issue if Systick is disabled */
+  count = tmp_timeout * ((SystemCoreClock * 32U) >> 20U);
+
+  while ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) ? SET : RESET) != State)
+  {
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - tmp_tickstart) >= tmp_timeout) || (tmp_timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+           on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+           and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+        /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+        __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+        if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+                                                     || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+        {
+          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+        }
+
+        /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+        if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+        {
+          SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+        }
+
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* If Systick is disabled or not incremented, deactivate timeout to go in disable loop procedure */
+      if(count == 0U)
+      {
+        tmp_timeout = 0U;
+      }
+      count--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle SPI FIFO Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  Fifo Fifo to check
+  * @param  State Fifo state to check
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+                                                       uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+  uint32_t tmp_timeout;
+  uint32_t tmp_tickstart;
+
+  /* Adjust Timeout value  in case of end of transfer */
+  tmp_timeout = Timeout - (HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart);
+  tmp_tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Calculate Timeout based on a software loop to avoid blocking issue if Systick is disabled */
+  count = tmp_timeout * ((SystemCoreClock * 35U) >> 20U);
+
+  while ((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State)
+  {
+    if ((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY))
+    {
+      /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+      READ_REG(*((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR));
+    }
+
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - tmp_tickstart) >= tmp_timeout) || (tmp_timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+           on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+           and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+        /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+        __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+        if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+                                                     || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+        {
+          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+        }
+
+        /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+        if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+        {
+          SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+        }
+
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* If Systick is disabled or not incremented, deactivate timeout to go in disable loop procedure */
+      if(count == 0U)
+      {
+        tmp_timeout = 0U;
+      }      
+      count--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the check of the RX transaction complete.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi,  uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+                                               || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+  {
+    /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Control the BSY flag */
+  if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+                                               || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+  {
+    /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+    if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete.
+  * @param  hspi SPI handle
+  * @param  Timeout Timeout duration
+  * @param  Tickstart tick start value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+  /* Control if the TX fifo is empty */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Control the BSY flag */
+  if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Control if the RX fifo is empty */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the end of the RXTX transaction.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+  }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+  if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+      {
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+        HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+        hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+        HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the end of the RX transaction.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+  }
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+  if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+    if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+      hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+  }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle the end of the TX transaction.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+  /* Check the end of the transaction */
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+  if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+  {
+    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  }
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+    HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle abort a Rx transaction.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+
+  /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+  /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+  /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+  do
+  {
+    if (count == 0U)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+      break;
+    }
+    count--;
+  } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+  /* Control the BSY flag */
+  if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle abort a Tx or Rx/Tx transaction.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t count;
+
+  count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+  /* Disable TXEIE interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+  /* Check TXEIE is disabled */
+  do
+  {
+    if (count == 0U)
+    {
+      SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+      break;
+    }
+    count--;
+  } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+  if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+  if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+  }
+
+  /* Check case of Full-Duplex Mode and disable directly RXNEIE interrupt */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+  {
+    /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+    /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+    do
+    {
+      if (count == 0U)
+      {
+        SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+        break;
+      }
+      count--;
+    } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+    /* Control the BSY flag */
+    if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+    }
+
+    /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+    if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+    }
+  }
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a21bbce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+  * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE       4UL
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    (#) Rx data flush function:
+        (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush the RX fifo.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+  uint8_t  count = 0U;
+  while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) !=  SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+  {
+    count++;
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+    if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..89eb3df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7667 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
+  *           + TIM Time Base Initialization
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Time Base Start DMA
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM  Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Initialization
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Initialization
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
+  *           + TIM One Pulse Start
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
+  *           + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
+  *           + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
+  *           + TIM OCRef clear configuration
+  *           + TIM External Clock configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Timer features include:
+       (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
+       (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
+           counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
+       (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
+           (++) Input Capture
+           (++) Output Compare
+           (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+           (++) One-pulse mode output
+       (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
+            several timers together.
+       (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes
+
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+         depending on the selected feature:
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
+           (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
+
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) TIM pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+             __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+         any start function.
+
+     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+       Initialization function of this driver:
+       (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
+       (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
+            Output Compare signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
+            PWM signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
+            external signal.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
+            in One Pulse Mode.
+       (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
+
+     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
+           (++) Input Capture :  HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
+
+     (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
+
+    *** Callback registration ***
+  =============================================
+
+  [..]
+  The compilation define  USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+  allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+  [..]
+  Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
+  @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+  the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+  [..]
+  Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+  weak function.
+  @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+  and the Callback ID.
+
+  [..]
+  These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
+    (+) Base_MspInitCallback              : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback            : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) IC_MspInitCallback                : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) OC_MspInitCallback                : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback              : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) PWM_MspInitCallback               : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback             : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback          : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback           : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback        : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
+    (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
+    (+) PeriodElapsedCallback             : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
+    (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
+    (+) TriggerCallback                   : TIM Trigger Callback.
+    (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback           : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
+    (+) IC_CaptureCallback                : TIM Input Capture Callback.
+    (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
+    (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback           : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
+    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
+    (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback                     : TIM Error Callback.
+    (+) CommutationCallback               : TIM Commutation Callback.
+    (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback       : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
+    (+) BreakCallback                     : TIM Break Callback.
+    (+) Break2Callback                    : TIM Break2 Callback.
+
+  [..]
+By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
+all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+  examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
+
+  [..]
+  Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
+  functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
+  (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
+    keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
+
+  [..]
+    Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
+    Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
+    in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
+    thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
+  In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+      using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
+
+  [..]
+      When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+      not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+      are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                  TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
+  *  @brief    Time Base functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Time Base functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Time Base configuration */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  
+  /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA channel */
+  if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Output Compare functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance,  &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
+  *  @brief    TIM PWM functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### TIM PWM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the PWM */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Input Capture functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+   (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
+   (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
+   (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the input capture */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+   || (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        && (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Input Capture handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
+  *  @brief    TIM One Pulse functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
+  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer
+  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
+  *         purpose.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Encoder functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### TIM Encoder functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+  *         requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+  *         due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+  *         Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
+  * @note   Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
+  *         Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
+  *         using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
+  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer
+  *         channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other
+  *         purpose.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE);
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the encoder Mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+  tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);
+
+  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default :
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @param  pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
+  * @param  pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1,
+                                            uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+          && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+          && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+     || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+     || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+     || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+    else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+          && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+          && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+          && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+    {
+      if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+        TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+    (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */
+  if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
+  *  @brief    TIM IRQ handler management
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### IRQ handler management #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
+  * @param  htim TIM  handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Capture compare 1 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
+    {
+      {
+        __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+        /* Input capture event */
+        if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
+        {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+          HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        /* Output compare event */
+        else
+        {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+          htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+          HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+          HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 2 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 3 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 4 event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Update event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Break input event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->BreakCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Break2 input event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->Break2Callback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Trigger detection event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM commutation event */
+  if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
+  {
+    if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+      HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+      (+) Configure External Clock source.
+      (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+      (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+      (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                           TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                           uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 5 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 6 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
+  {
+    /* TI3 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* TI4 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM PWM handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be configured
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                            TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                            uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel5*/
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Configure the Channel 6 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel6 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @param  InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @note  To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast
+  *        mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx
+  *        output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input,
+  *        without taking in account the comparison.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+                                                 uint32_t OutputChannel,  uint32_t InputChannel)
+{
+  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
+
+  if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
+    temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
+    temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
+    temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
+    temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
+    temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
+    temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
+
+    switch (OutputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    switch (InputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                          sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                          sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data write
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                              uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+                                          ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                                   uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
+                                                   uint32_t  BurstLength,  uint32_t  DataLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+  htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      status =  HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if (HAL_OK == status)
+  {
+    /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @note   This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                             uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+                                         ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA  will start the Data read
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR5 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR6 
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR3
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @param  DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+                                                  uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t  *BurstBuffer,
+                                                  uint32_t  BurstLength, uint32_t  DataLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+  if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback =  TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+                           DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+  htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the DMA burst reading
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if (HAL_OK == status)
+  {
+    /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software event
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  EventSource specifies the event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2: Timer Break2 event source
+  * @note   Basic timers can only generate an update event.
+  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
+  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2 are relevant
+  *         only for timer instances supporting break input(s).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the event sources */
+  htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                           TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
+                                           uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
+  {
+    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
+    {
+      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
+      CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP));
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR:
+    {
+      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
+
+      /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
+      {
+        htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
+                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
+
+      /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */
+      SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 5 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 5 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
+    {
+      if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 6 */
+        SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 6 */
+        CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR3, TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Configures the clock source to be used
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
+
+  /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
+  {
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+
+      /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
+      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+      tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
+      /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
+    {
+      /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                               sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
+      {
+        /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
+        break;
+      }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
+  *         or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
+  *         output of a XOR gate.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
+  *            pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Reset the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+  /* Set the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
+
+  /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+  *         (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval Captured value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 1 value */
+      tmpreg =  htim->Instance->CCR1;
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 2 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR2;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 3 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR3;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 4 value */
+      tmpreg =   htim->Instance->CCR4;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
+  *  @brief    TIM Callbacks functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides TIM callback functions:
+   (+) TIM Period elapsed callback
+   (+) TIM Output Compare callback
+   (+) TIM Input capture callback
+   (+) TIM Trigger callback
+   (+) TIM Error callback
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM OC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param htim tim handle
+  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID Break2 Callback ID
+  *          @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
+  *          @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                           pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback               = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback                 = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback                  = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback                = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback             = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback            = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback                = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerCallback                      = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback              = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback            = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback    = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        htim->ErrorCallback                        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationCallback                  = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback          = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+        htim->BreakCallback                        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID :
+        htim->Break2Callback                       = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a TIM callback
+  *         TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param htim tim handle
+  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID Break2 Callback ID
+  *          @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;                      /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback            = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;                    /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;                        /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;                      /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback                = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;                        /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback              = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;                      /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback               = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;                       /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback             = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;                     /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;                  /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;                /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;                   /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;                 /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback        = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback      = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;            /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;             /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;                   /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;           /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;                /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;           /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;         /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;                     /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;                  /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+        htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;          /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+        htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;                   /* Legacy weak Break Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BREAK2_CB_ID :
+        htim->Break2Callback                    = HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback;                  /* Legacy weak Break2 Callback */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;              /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback       = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;            /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;                /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;              /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspInitCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;                /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback         = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;              /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspInitCallback          = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;               /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback        = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;             /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback     = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;          /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback   = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;        /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback      = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;           /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback    = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;         /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback   = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;      /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;    /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief   TIM Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Base handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Base handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM OC handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM PWM handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM IC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM OPM handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval Active channel
+  */
+HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->Channel;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return actual state of the TIM channel.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6
+  * @retval TIM Channel state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel);
+    
+  return channel_state;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return actual state of a DMA burst operation.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval DMA burst state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  
+  return htim->DMABurstState;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+  {
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Base configuration
+  * @param  TIMx TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Structure TIM Base configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+  /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
+  if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Select the Counter Mode */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+    tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Set the clock division */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
+    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the auto-reload preload */
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);
+
+  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Set the Autoreload value */
+  TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler value */
+  TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+    TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+     and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+  }
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 5 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,
+                              TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC5M);
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 16U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS5;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 8U);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
+  TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR5 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 6 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,
+                              TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC6E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC6M);
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 20U);
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+  {
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS6;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 10U);
+  }
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
+  TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR6 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Timer configuration function
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                  TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
+
+  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+  /* Set the slave mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
+  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
+  {
+    case TIM_TS_ETRF:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+      /* Set the filter */
+      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);
+
+      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_TS_ITR0:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR1:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR2:
+    case TIM_TS_ITR3:
+      {
+        /* Check the parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+        break;
+      }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
+  *       (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  */
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                              uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+  /* Reset the TS Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
+  tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
+  *            @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+  tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
+  * @param  ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
+  * @param  htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
+  htim->PeriodElapsedCallback             = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback;             /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback             */
+  htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback;     /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback     */
+  htim->TriggerCallback                   = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback;                   /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback                   */
+  htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback           = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback;           /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback           */
+  htim->IC_CaptureCallback                = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback;                /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback                */
+  htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback        */
+  htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback           = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback;           /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback           */
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback;         /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback         */
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */
+  htim->ErrorCallback                     = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback;                     /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback                     */
+  htim->CommutationCallback               = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback;                  /* Legacy weak CommutationCallback               */
+  htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback       = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback;          /* Legacy weak CommutationHalfCpltCallback       */
+  htim->BreakCallback                     = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback;                   /* Legacy weak BreakCallback                     */
+  htim->Break2Callback                    = HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback;                  /* Legacy weak Break2Callback                    */
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3c02266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2749 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization
+  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start
+  *           + Time Complementary signal break and dead time configuration
+  *           + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration (for channels 5 and 6)
+  *           + Time OCRef clear configuration
+  *           + Timer remapping capabilities configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Extended features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The Timer Extended features include:
+    (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :
+        (++) Output Compare
+        (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+        (++) One-pulse mode output
+    (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
+        interconnect several timers together.
+    (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
+    (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for
+        positioning purposes
+
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+         depending on the selected feature:
+           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit()
+
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) TIM pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+              __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+         any start function.
+
+     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+         initialization function of this driver:
+          (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init() and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(): to use the
+               Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding
+               Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface
+               with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use
+               the commutation event).
+
+     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
+           (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT()
+           (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
+           (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
+           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx
+  * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMAErrorCCxN(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
+  * @brief    Timer Hall Sensor functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
+    (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @note   When the timer instance is initialized in Hall Sensor Interface mode,
+  *         timer channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for
+  *         other purpose.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @param  sConfig TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config;
+
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if (htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+
+  if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy week callbacks */
+    TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+    if (htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;
+    }
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the  Hall sensor */
+  TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter);
+
+  /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+  /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler;
+
+  /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+  /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
+
+  /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
+
+  /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/
+  OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE;
+  OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET;
+  OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2;
+  OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET;
+  OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH;
+  OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+  OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay;
+
+  TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config);
+
+  /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2
+    register to 101 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Change the DMA burst operation state */
+  htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Change the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+  (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @param  pData The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+    ||(complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+        && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callbacks */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/
+  if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+
+  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+  (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+  *  @brief   Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM OC handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+  if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM Output Compare handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
+  * @brief    Timer Complementary PWM functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM.
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary output.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+  if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the
+  *         complementary output
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @param  pData The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if (TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt;
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAErrorCCxN ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary
+  *         output
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+      (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM complementary channel state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+  * @brief    Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef input_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, input_channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef output_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((output_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (input_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, OutputChannel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, input_channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM  channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, OutputChannel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, input_channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary channel.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1;
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef input_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, input_channel);
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef output_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, OutputChannel);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Check the TIM channels state */
+  if ((output_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
+   || (input_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, OutputChannel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, input_channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary channel.
+  * @param  htim TIM One Pulse handle
+  * @param  OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  uint32_t input_channel = (OutputChannel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) ? TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM_CHANNEL_1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output channel and the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, input_channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Set the TIM  channels state */
+  TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, OutputChannel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, input_channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
+      (+) Configure Output channels for OC and PWM mode.
+
+      (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+      (+) Configure Master synchronization.
+      (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities.
+      (+) Enable or disable channel grouping.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger,
+                                              uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+  /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger,
+                                                 uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @note  The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger,
+                                                  uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+  /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+
+  /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in master mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
+  *         mode.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                        TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
+
+  /* Check input state */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Change the handler state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* If the timer supports ADC synchronization through TRGO2, set the master mode selection 2 */
+  if (IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2));
+
+    /* Clear the MMS2 bits */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS2;
+    /* Select the TRGO2 source*/
+    tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2;
+  }
+
+  /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+  /* Select the TRGO source */
+  tmpcr2 |=  sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
+
+  /* Update TIMx CR2 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+    tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+    /* Set master mode */
+    tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
+
+    /* Update TIMx SMCR */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
+  *         and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  sBreakDeadTimeConfig pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the BDTR Register configuration  information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @note   Interrupts can be generated when an active level is detected on the
+  *         break input, the break 2 input or the system break input. Break
+  *         interrupt can be enabled by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT macro.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
+{
+  /* Keep this variable initialized to 0 as it is used to configure BDTR register */
+  uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput));
+
+  /* Check input state */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+     the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+
+  /* Set the BDTR bits */
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput);
+  MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKF, (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter << TIM_BDTR_BKF_Pos));
+
+  if (IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter));
+
+    /* Set the BREAK2 input related BDTR bits */
+    MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2F, (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter << TIM_BDTR_BK2F_Pos));
+    MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2E, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State);
+    MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BK2P, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity);
+  }
+
+  /* Set TIMx_BDTR */
+  htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the break input source.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  BreakInput Break input to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK: Timer break input
+  *            @arg TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2: Timer break 2 input
+  * @param  sBreakInputConfig Break input source configuration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakInput(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                             uint32_t BreakInput,
+                                             TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef *sBreakInputConfig)
+
+{
+  uint32_t tmporx;
+  uint32_t bkin_enable_mask;
+  uint32_t bkin_polarity_mask;
+  uint32_t bkin_enable_bitpos;
+  uint32_t bkin_polarity_bitpos;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUT(BreakInput));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE(sBreakInputConfig->Source));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_STATE(sBreakInputConfig->Enable));
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+  if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY(sBreakInputConfig->Polarity));
+  }
+#else
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY(sBreakInputConfig->Polarity));
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+
+  /* Check input state */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (sBreakInputConfig->Source)
+  {
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_BKIN:
+    {
+      bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKINE;
+      bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKINE_Pos;
+      bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKINP;
+      bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKINP_Pos;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_COMP1:
+    {
+      bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1E;
+      bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1E_Pos;
+      bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1P;
+      bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP1P_Pos;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_COMP2:
+    {
+      bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2E;
+      bkin_enable_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2E_Pos;
+      bkin_polarity_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2P;
+      bkin_polarity_bitpos = TIM1_OR2_BKCMP2P_Pos;
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1:
+    {
+      bkin_enable_mask = TIM1_OR2_BKDF1BK0E;
+      bkin_enable_bitpos = 8U;
+      bkin_polarity_mask = 0U;
+      bkin_polarity_bitpos = 0U;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+
+    default:
+    {
+      bkin_enable_mask = 0U;
+      bkin_polarity_mask = 0U;
+      bkin_enable_bitpos = 0U;
+      bkin_polarity_bitpos = 0U;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch (BreakInput)
+  {
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK:
+    {
+      /* Get the TIMx_OR2 register value */
+      tmporx = htim->Instance->OR2;
+
+      /* Enable the break input */
+      tmporx &= ~bkin_enable_mask;
+      tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Enable << bkin_enable_bitpos) & bkin_enable_mask;
+
+      /* Set the break input polarity */
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+      if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+        {
+          tmporx &= ~bkin_polarity_mask;
+          tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Polarity << bkin_polarity_bitpos) & bkin_polarity_mask;
+        }
+
+      /* Set TIMx_OR2 */
+      htim->Instance->OR2 = tmporx;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2:
+    {
+      /* Get the TIMx_OR3 register value */
+      tmporx = htim->Instance->OR3;
+
+      /* Enable the break input */
+      tmporx &= ~bkin_enable_mask;
+      tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Enable << bkin_enable_bitpos) & bkin_enable_mask;
+
+      /* Set the break input polarity */
+#if defined(DFSDM1_Channel0)
+      if (sBreakInputConfig->Source != TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1)
+#endif /* DFSDM1_Channel0 */
+        {
+          tmporx &= ~bkin_polarity_mask;
+          tmporx |= (sBreakInputConfig->Polarity << bkin_polarity_bitpos) & bkin_polarity_mask;
+        }
+
+      /* Set TIMx_OR3 */
+      htim->Instance->OR3 = tmporx;
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  Remap specifies the TIM remapping source.
+    @if STM32L422xx
+  *         For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE:           TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO:                TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1:               TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  @endif
+@if STM32L486xx
+  *         For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 4 fields (field1 | field2 | field3 | field4):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE:           TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_NONE:           TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC3 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD1:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD2:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC3_AWD3:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO:                TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1:               TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  *                   field4 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1:               TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2:               TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+  *            @note  When field4 is set to TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2 field1 and field2 values are not significant
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *         For TIM1, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_NONE:           TIM1_ETR is not connected to any ADC1 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD1:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD2:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_ADC1_AWD3:           TIM1_ETR is connected to ADC1 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_GPIO:                TIM1 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_TI1_COMP1:               TIM1 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1:               TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2:               TIM1_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+  *
+  *            @note  When field3 is set to TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM1_ETR_COMP2 field1 values is not significant
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *         For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM8_TRGO:          TIM2_ITR1 is connected to TIM8_TRGO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_OTG_FS_SOF:         TIM2_ITR1 is connected to OTG_FS SOF
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO:                TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE:                 TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1:               TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP2:               TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO:                TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1:               TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2:               TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_COMP2:         TIM2 TI4 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L422xx
+  *         For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_NONE:               No internal trigger on TIM2_ITR1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_USB_SOF:            TIM2_ITR1 is connected to USB SOF
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO:                TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE:                 TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1:               TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO:                TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1:               TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *         For TIM2, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_NONE:               No internal trigger on TIM2_ITR1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_USB_SOF:            TIM2_ITR1 is connected to USB SOF
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_GPIO:                TIM2_ETR is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_LSE:                 TIM2_ETR is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP1:               TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETR_COMP2:               TIM2_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_GPIO:                TIM2 TI4 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1:               TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP2:               TIM2 TI4 is connected to COMP2 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TI4_COMP1_COMP2:         TIM2 TI4 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *         For TIM3, the parameter is a combination 2 fields(field1 | field2):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_GPIO:                TIM3 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1:               TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP2:               TIM3 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_TI1_COMP1_COMP2:         TIM3 TI1 is connected to logical OR between COMP1 and COMP2 output
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_ETR_GPIO:                TIM3_ETR is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_ETR_COMP1:               TIM3_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *         For TIM8, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_NONE:          TIM8_ETR is not connected to any ADC2 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD1:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD2:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC2_AWD3:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC2 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_NONE:          TIM8_ETR is not connected to any ADC3 AWD (analog watchdog)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD1:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD1
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD2:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD2
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_ADC3_AWD3:          TIM8_ETR is connected to ADC3 AWD3
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_TI1_GPIO:               TIM8 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_TI1_COMP2:              TIM8 TI1 is connected to COMP2 output
+  *
+  *                   field4 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP1:               TIM8_ETR is connected to COMP1 output
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP2:               TIM8_ETR is connected to COMP2 output
+  *            @note  When field4 is set to TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP1 or TIM_TIM8_ETR_COMP2 field1 and field2 values are not significant
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L422xx
+  *         For TIM15, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO:              TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE:               TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_NONE:      No redirection
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM2:      TIM2 IC1 and TIM2 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *         For TIM15, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_GPIO:              TIM15 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_TI1_LSE:               TIM15 TI1 is connected to LSE
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_NONE:      No redirection
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM2:      TIM2 IC1 and TIM2 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM3:      TIM3 IC1 and TIM3 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM15_ENCODERMODE_TIM4:      TIM4 IC1 and TIM4 IC2 are connected to TIM15 IC1 and TIM15 IC2 respectively
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO:              TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L422xx
+  *         For TIM16, the parameter can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO:              TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MSI:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSI  (constraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_HSE_32:            TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32  (note that HSE div 32 must be selected as RTC clock source)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L443xx
+  *         For TIM16, the parameter can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_GPIO:              TIM16 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSI:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSI
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_LSE:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to LSE
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_RTC:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MSI:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to MSI  (constraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_HSE_32:            TIM16 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32  (note that HSE div 32 must be selected as RTC clock source)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM16_TI1_MCO:               TIM16 TI1 is connected to MCO
+  *
+  @endif
+  @if STM32L486xx
+  *         For TIM17, the parameter can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_GPIO:              TIM17 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_MSI:               TIM17 TI1 is connected to MSI  (constraints: MSI clock < 1/4 TIM APB clock)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_HSE_32:            TIM17 TI1 is connected to HSE div 32
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM17_TI1_MCO:               TIM17 TI1 is connected to MCO
+  @endif
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpor1;
+  uint32_t tmpor2;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap));
+
+  /* Set ETR_SEL bit field (if required) */
+  if (IS_TIM_ETRSEL_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    tmpor2 = htim->Instance->OR2;
+    tmpor2 &= ~TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk;
+    tmpor2 |= (Remap & TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk);
+
+    /* Set TIMx_OR2 */
+    htim->Instance->OR2 = tmpor2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set other remapping capabilities */
+  tmpor1 = Remap;
+  tmpor1 &= ~TIM1_OR2_ETRSEL_Msk;
+
+  /* Set TIMx_OR1 */
+  htim->Instance->OR1 = tmpor1;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Group channel 5 and channel 1, 2 or 3
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  Channels specifies the reference signal(s) the OC5REF is combined with.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE: No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
+  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC: OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
+  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC2REFC: OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
+  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC3REFC: OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channels)
+{
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_GROUPCH5(Channels));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Clear GC5Cx bit fields */
+  htim->Instance->CCR5 &= ~(TIM_CCR5_GC5C3 | TIM_CCR5_GC5C2 | TIM_CCR5_GC5C1);
+
+  /* Set GC5Cx bit fields */
+  htim->Instance->CCR5 |= Channels;
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
+  * @brief    Extended Callbacks functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### Extended Callbacks functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides Extended TIM callback functions:
+    (+) Timer Commutation callback
+    (+) Timer Break callback
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall commutation changed callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall commutation changed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Break detection callback in non-blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Break2 detection callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(htim);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface handle state.
+  * @param  htim TIM Hall Sensor handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return actual state of the TIM complementary channel.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @param  ChannelN TIM Complementary channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  * @retval TIM Complementary channel state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  uint32_t ChannelN)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, ChannelN));
+
+  channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, ChannelN);
+    
+  return channel_state;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Commutation callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Commutation half complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback (complementary channel).
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMADelayPulseNCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+    
+    if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+    {
+      TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback (complementary channel)
+  * @param  hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMAErrorCCxN(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+    TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* nothing to do */
+  }
+  
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
+#else
+  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+  * @param  ChannelNState specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+  /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &=  ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fe3b440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4252 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   UART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart).
+    (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
+        (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+        (++) UART pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+        (++) UART interrupts handling:
+              -@@-  The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+                RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts and Error Interrupts)
+                are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT()
+                inside the transmit and receive processes.
+        (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Prescaler value , Hardware
+        flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure.
+
+    (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...)
+        in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure.
+
+    (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+        the HAL_UART_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+        the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+    [..]
+    (@) These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(),
+        also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by
+        calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API.
+
+    ##### Callback registration #####
+    ==================================
+
+    [..]
+    The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+    allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+    [..]
+    Use Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+    Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+    (+) TxHalfCpltCallback        : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+    (+) TxCpltCallback            : Tx Complete Callback.
+    (+) RxHalfCpltCallback        : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+    (+) RxCpltCallback            : Rx Complete Callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback             : Error Callback.
+    (+) AbortCpltCallback         : Abort Complete Callback.
+    (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+    (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback  : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+    (+) WakeupCallback            : Wakeup Callback.
+    (+) RxFifoFullCallback        : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+    (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback       : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+    (+) MspInitCallback           : UART MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback         : UART MspDeInit.
+    This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+    and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+    [..]
+    Use function @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+    weak (surcharged) function.
+    @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+    and the Callback ID.
+    This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+    (+) TxHalfCpltCallback        : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+    (+) TxCpltCallback            : Tx Complete Callback.
+    (+) RxHalfCpltCallback        : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+    (+) RxCpltCallback            : Rx Complete Callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback             : Error Callback.
+    (+) AbortCpltCallback         : Abort Complete Callback.
+    (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+    (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback  : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+    (+) WakeupCallback            : Wakeup Callback.
+    (+) RxFifoFullCallback        : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+    (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback       : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+    (+) MspInitCallback           : UART MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback         : UART MspDeInit.
+
+    [..]
+    By default, after the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET
+    all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+    examples @ref HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback().
+    Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+    reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_UART_Init()
+    and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+    If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+    keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+    [..]
+    Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only.
+    Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+    in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+    MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+    In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+    using @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+    or @ref HAL_UART_Init() function.
+
+    [..]
+    When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+    not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+    and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART UART
+  * @brief HAL UART module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+                                      USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8| \
+                                      USART_CR1_FIFOEN ))                      /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#else
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+                                      USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8 )) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT| \
+                                      USART_CR3_TXFTCFG | USART_CR3_RXFTCFG ))  /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#else
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT))  /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+#define LPUART_BRR_MIN  0x00000300U  /* LPUART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define LPUART_BRR_MAX  0x000FFFFFU  /* LPUART BRR maximum authorized value */
+
+#define UART_BRR_MIN    0x10U        /* UART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define UART_BRR_MAX    0x0000FFFFU  /* UART BRR maximum authorized value */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+const uint16_t UARTPrescTable[12] = {1U, 2U, 4U, 6U, 8U, 10U, 12U, 16U, 32U, 64U, 128U, 256U};
+
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in asynchronous mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+        (++) Baud Rate
+        (++) Word Length
+        (++) Stop Bit
+        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+        (++) Hardware flow control
+        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) Over Sampling Method
+        (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+        (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+        (++) data logical level inversion
+        (++) RX and TX pins swap
+        (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+        (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+        (++) MSB first on communication line
+        (++) auto Baud rate detection
+    [..]
+    The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API
+    follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode
+    and UART multiprocessor mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures
+    are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+  Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+  8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+  following table.
+
+  Table 1. UART frame format.
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+    |  M1 bit |  M0 bit |  PCE bit  |             UART frame                |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    8 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    0      |    | SB |    9 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    1      |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    7 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified
+  *        parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)));
+  }
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+  - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified
+  *        parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+  - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+
+  /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified
+  *        parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param huart             UART handle.
+  * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection
+  *          @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the LIN UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  /* Check the Break detection length parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
+
+  /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */
+  if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */
+  if (huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+  - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+
+  /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN);
+
+  /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength);
+
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified
+  *        parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param huart        UART handle.
+  * @param Address      UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long).
+  * @param WakeUpMethod Specifies the UART wakeup method.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark
+  * @note  If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter
+  *        is useless and ignored by the initialization function.
+  * @note  If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection
+  *        is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to
+  *        manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API
+  *        HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after
+  *        HAL_MultiProcessor_Init().
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the wake up method parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod));
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+  - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register. */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+  if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK)
+  {
+    /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+  }
+
+  /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod);
+
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param((IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) || (IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)));
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U;
+  huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U;
+  huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+  }
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the UART MSP.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User UART Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  huart uart handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                            pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+        huart->WakeupCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxFifoFullCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+      case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an UART Callback
+  *         UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  huart uart handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback;               /* Legacy weak  TxHalfCpltCallback       */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback;                       /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback            */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback;               /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback        */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback;                       /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback            */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback;                         /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback             */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback;                 /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback         */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+        huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback  */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+        huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback;                     /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback            */
+        break;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      case HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID :
+        huart->RxFifoFullCallback = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback;             /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback        */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID :
+        huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback;           /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback       */
+        break;
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+      case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;                             /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback           */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;                         /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback         */
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous
+    and Half duplex data transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+       (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+           The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+           after finishing transfer.
+       (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+           or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+           using DMA mode.
+           The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit()
+        (+) HAL_UART_Receive()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+        (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+        (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
+        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+        (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
+        (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause()
+        (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume()
+        (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode:
+        (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+        (+) HAL_UART_Abort()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive()
+        (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT()
+
+    (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided:
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
+
+    (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+        Errors are handled as follows :
+       (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+           to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+           Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+           and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side.
+           If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+       (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+           This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+           Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+    -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit
+        and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 provided through pData.
+  * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, writing a data in the TDR register adds one
+  *       data to the TXFIFO. Write operations to the TDR register are performed
+  *       when TXFNF flag is set. From hardware perspective, TXFNF flag and
+  *       TXE are mapped on the same bit-field.
+  * @param huart   UART handle.
+  * @param pData   Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size    Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+  * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint8_t  *pdata8bits;
+  uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    huart->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = NULL;
+      pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = pData;
+      pdata16bits = NULL;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+      {
+        huart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU);
+        pdata16bits++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU);
+        pdata8bits++;
+      }
+      huart->TxXferCount--;
+    }
+
+    if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 available through pData.
+  * @note When FIFO mode is enabled, the RXFNE flag is set as long as the RXFIFO
+  *       is not empty. Read operations from the RDR register are performed when
+  *       RXFNE flag is set. From hardware perspective, RXFNE flag and
+  *       RXNE are mapped on the same bit-field.
+  * @param huart   UART handle.
+  * @param pData   Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size    Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+  * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint8_t  *pdata8bits;
+  uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+  uint16_t uhMask;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    huart->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+    UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+    uhMask = huart->Mask;
+
+    /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = NULL;
+      pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = pData;
+      pdata16bits = NULL;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* as long as data have to be received */
+    while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+      {
+        *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+        pdata16bits++;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+        pdata8bits++;
+      }
+      huart->RxXferCount--;
+    }
+
+    /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 provided through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    huart->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+    huart->TxISR       = NULL;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    /* Configure Tx interrupt processing */
+    if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+      {
+        huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN;
+      }
+
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      /* Enable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+      {
+        huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT;
+      }
+
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+    }
+#else
+    /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+    {
+      huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 available through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    huart->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+    huart->RxISR       = NULL;
+
+    /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+    UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    /* Configure Rx interrupt processing*/
+    if ((huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) && (Size >= huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+    {
+      /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+      {
+        huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN;
+      }
+
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+      {
+        huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+      }
+
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+    }
+#else
+    /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+    {
+      huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 provided through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    huart->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+      /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Set error code to DMA */
+        huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+        /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+        huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+    in the UART CR3 register */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+  * @note   When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
+  *         the parity bit (MSB position).
+  * @note   When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *         the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *         of u16 available through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+      /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+      /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Set error code to DMA */
+        huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+        /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+        huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+    in the UART CR3 register */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+      (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+  }
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+      (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+  }
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+    /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() /
+     HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
+     indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
+     interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
+     the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
+
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+  /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+      (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+      (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Disable TXE, TC, RXNE, PE, RXFT, TXFT and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+  /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+         No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+         No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+  __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+  if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Discard the received data */
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+  /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->gState  = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Disable TCIE, TXEIE and TXFTIE interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+  /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+         No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+  if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Disable PEIE, EIE, RXNEIE and RXFTIE interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+#else
+  /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+         No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          /* Set error code to DMA */
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+  __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+  /* Discard the received data */
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+  /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  *           - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+  *         considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+  /* Disable interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_TXFTIE));
+#else
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+     before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+  /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+  if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+       Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+    {
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+  if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+       Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+    {
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+         will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+      /* Abort DMA TX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        abortcplt = 0U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+         will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+      /* Abort DMA RX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+        abortcplt = 1U;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        abortcplt = 0U;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+  if (abortcplt == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+    huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+    huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+    huart->RxISR = NULL;
+    huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+    /* Reset errorCode */
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+    if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+    }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+    /* Discard the received data */
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+    /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+    huart->gState  = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+    huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+    HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  *           - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+  *         considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Disable interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+#else
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+         will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+      /* Abort DMA TX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+        huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+      huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+      /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+      huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+      /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+      huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+      huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+      /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+      HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+    huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+    huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+    if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+    }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+    /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+    huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+    HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @note   This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+  *         This procedure performs following operations :
+  *           - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+  *           - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+  *           - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+  *           - Set handle State to READY
+  *           - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+  * @note   This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+  *         considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+#else
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+    if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+         will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+      huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+      /* Abort DMA RX */
+      if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+        huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+      huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+      /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+      huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+      /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+      /* Discard the received data */
+      __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+      /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+      huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+      huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+      /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+      HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+    huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+    /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+    /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+    huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+    HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle UART interrupt request.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t isrflags   = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR);
+  uint32_t cr1its     = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+  uint32_t cr3its     = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3);
+
+  uint32_t errorflags;
+  uint32_t errorcode;
+
+  /* If no error occurs */
+  errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF));
+  if (errorflags == 0U)
+  {
+    /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)
+        && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U)
+            || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+        && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+    {
+      if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+      {
+        huart->RxISR(huart);
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If some errors occur */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  if ((errorflags != 0U)
+      && ((((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U)
+           || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != 0U))))
+#else
+  if ((errorflags != 0U)
+      && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+          || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != 0U)))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+  {
+    /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+      huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE;
+    }
+
+    /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+      huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE;
+    }
+
+    /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+      huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE;
+    }
+
+    /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+        && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U) ||
+            ((cr3its & (USART_CR3_RXFTIE | USART_CR3_EIE)) != 0U)))
+#else
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+        && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) ||
+            ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+      huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE;
+    }
+
+    /* UART Receiver Timeout interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+    if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != 0U))
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF);
+
+      huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO;
+    }
+
+    /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/
+    if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* UART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE_RXFNE) != 0U)
+          && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE) != 0U)
+              || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_RXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+      if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+          && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+      {
+        if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+        {
+          huart->RxISR(huart);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If Error is to be considered as blocking :
+          - Receiver Timeout error in Reception
+          - Overrun error in Reception
+          - any error occurs in DMA mode reception
+      */
+      errorcode = huart->ErrorCode;
+      if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ||
+          ((errorcode & (HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO | HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE)) != 0U))
+      {
+        /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+           Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process,
+           Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */
+        UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+
+        /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+        {
+          CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+          /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+          if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+          {
+            /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+               will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+            huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+            /* Abort DMA RX */
+            if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+            {
+              /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+              huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+            }
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+            /*Call registered error callback*/
+            huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+            /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+            HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+          /*Call registered error callback*/
+          huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+          /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+          HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+           Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        /*Call registered error callback*/
+        huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+        /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+        HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+        huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+
+  } /* End if some error occurs */
+
+  /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != 0U))
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF);
+
+    /* UART Rx state is not reset as a reception process might be ongoing.
+       If UART handle state fields need to be reset to READY, this could be done in Wakeup callback */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Wakeup Callback */
+    huart->WakeupCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Wakeup Callback */
+    HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+      && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE) != 0U)
+          || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_TXFTIE) != 0U)))
+#else
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U)
+      && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+  {
+    if (huart->TxISR != NULL)
+    {
+      huart->TxISR(huart);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U))
+  {
+    UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart);
+    return;
+  }
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* UART TX Fifo Empty occurred ----------------------------------------------*/
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXFE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXFEIE) != 0U))
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Tx Fifo Empty Callback */
+    huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Tx Fifo Empty Callback */
+    HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* UART RX Fifo Full occurred ----------------------------------------------*/
+  if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXFF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXFFIE) != 0U))
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /* Call registered Rx Fifo Full Callback */
+    huart->RxFifoFullCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Call legacy weak Rx Fifo Full Callback */
+    HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART error callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART Abort Complete callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART Abort Complete callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART Abort Receive Complete callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   UART control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.
+     (+) HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+     (+) HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+     (+) HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
+     (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral
+     (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
+     (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
+     (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter
+     (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver
+     (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+  * @param  huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  TimeoutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+  *                     value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t TimeoutValue)
+{
+  if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_VALUE(TimeoutValue));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeoutValue);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the UART receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param  huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)))
+  {
+    if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+      huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+      /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+      huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the UART receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param  huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  if (!(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)))
+  {
+    if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+      huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+      /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+      huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode;
+  *         to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode
+  *         as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode).
+  * @note  To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit break characters.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send break characters */
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions
+  *  @brief   UART Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+      (+) Return the UART handle state.
+      (+) Return the UART handle error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the UART handle state.
+  * @param  huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified UART.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t temp1;
+  uint32_t temp2;
+  temp1 = huart->gState;
+  temp2 = huart->RxState;
+
+  return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the UART handle error code.
+  * @param  huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified UART.
+  * @retval UART Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  return huart->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Init the UART Callback settings */
+  huart->TxHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback        */
+  huart->TxCpltCallback            = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback;            /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback            */
+  huart->RxHalfCpltCallback        = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback;        /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback        */
+  huart->RxCpltCallback            = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback;            /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback            */
+  huart->ErrorCallback             = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback;             /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback             */
+  huart->AbortCpltCallback         = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback;         /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback         */
+  huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+  huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback  = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback;  /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback  */
+  huart->WakeupCallback            = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback;          /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback            */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  huart->RxFifoFullCallback        = HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback;      /* Legacy weak RxFifoFullCallback        */
+  huart->TxFifoEmptyCallback       = HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback;     /* Legacy weak TxFifoEmptyCallback       */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the UART peripheral.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+  uint16_t brrtemp;
+  UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+  uint32_t usartdiv;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret               = HAL_OK;
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+  uint32_t lpuart_ker_ck_pres;
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+  uint32_t pclk;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+  if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LPUART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+  assert_param(IS_UART_PRESCALER(huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure
+  *  the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling:
+  *  set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value
+  *  set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value
+  *  set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value
+  *  set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ;
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->FifoMode;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according
+  * to huart->Init.StopBits value */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits);
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Configure
+  * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according
+  *   to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value
+  * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according
+  *   to huart->Init.OneBitSampling (not applicable to LPUART) */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl;
+
+  if (!(UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart)))
+  {
+    tmpreg |= huart->Init.OneBitSampling;
+  }
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+  /*-------------------------- USART PRESC Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Configure
+  * - UART Clock Prescaler : set PRESCALER according to huart->Init.ClockPrescaler value */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->PRESC, USART_PRESC_PRESCALER, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler);
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+  UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource);
+
+  /* Check LPUART instance */
+  if (UART_INSTANCE_LOWPOWER(huart))
+  {
+    /* Retrieve frequency clock */
+    switch (clocksource)
+    {
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE;
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        pclk = 0U;
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* If proper clock source reported */
+    if (pclk != 0U)
+    {
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+      /* Compute clock after Prescaler */
+      lpuart_ker_ck_pres = (pclk / UARTPrescTable[huart->Init.ClockPrescaler]);
+
+      /* Ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */
+      if ((lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) ||
+          (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate)))
+      {
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check computed UsartDiv value is in allocated range
+           (it is forbidden to write values lower than 0x300 in the LPUART_BRR register) */
+        usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(pclk, (uint64_t)huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+        if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX))
+        {
+          huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          ret = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      } /* if ( (lpuart_ker_ck_pres < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || (lpuart_ker_ck_pres > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */
+#else
+      /* No Prescaler applicable */
+      /* Ensure that Frequency clock is in the range [3 * baudrate, 4096 * baudrate] */
+      if ((pclk < (3U * huart->Init.BaudRate)) ||
+          (pclk > (4096U * huart->Init.BaudRate)))
+      {
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        usartdiv = (uint32_t)(UART_DIV_LPUART(pclk, (uint64_t)huart->Init.BaudRate));
+        if ((usartdiv >= LPUART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= LPUART_BRR_MAX))
+        {
+          huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          ret = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      } /* if ( (pclk < (3 * huart->Init.BaudRate) ) || (pclk > (4096 * huart->Init.BaudRate) )) */
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+    } /* if (pclk != 0) */
+  }
+  /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */
+  else if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+  {
+    switch (clocksource)
+    {
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE;
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        pclk = 0U;
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+    if (pclk != 0U)
+    {
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+      usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+      usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+      if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+      {
+        brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U);
+        brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U);
+        huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (clocksource)
+    {
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) HSI_VALUE;
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+        pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+        break;
+      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+        pclk = (uint32_t) LSE_VALUE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        pclk = 0U;
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (pclk != 0U)
+    {
+      /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
+      usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate, huart->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+#else
+      usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
+      if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+      {
+        huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Initialize the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1;
+  huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1;
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+  huart->RxISR = NULL;
+  huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
+
+  /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure data inversion */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable);
+    /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */
+    if (huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode));
+      MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
+    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Check the UART Idle State.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+  if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+  {
+    /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+    if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Timeout occurred */
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+  if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+  {
+    /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+    if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Timeout occurred */
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the UART State */
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle UART Communication Timeout.
+  * @param huart     UART handle.
+  * @param Flag      Specifies the UART flag to check
+  * @param Status    Flag status (SET or RESET)
+  * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+  * @param Timeout   Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+                                              uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+#else
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+        huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+        huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE) != 0U)
+      {
+        if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RTOF) == SET)
+        {
+          /* Clear Receiver Timeout flag*/
+          __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF);
+
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+          CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE));
+#else
+          CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+#endif
+          CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+          huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+          huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+          huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, TXFT interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_TXFTIE));
+#else
+  /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion).
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+#else
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Reset RxIsr function pointer */
+  huart->RxISR = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+  {
+    huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+       in the UART CR3 register */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+    SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+  }
+  /* DMA Circular mode */
+  else
+  {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+    huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+    HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered Tx Half complete callback*/
+  huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak Tx Half complete callback*/
+  HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+  {
+    huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+    /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+       in the UART CR3 register */
+    CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+  huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+  HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/
+  huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/
+  HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART communication error callback.
+  * @param hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+  const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+  /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+      (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+    UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+  if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+      (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+    UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered error callback*/
+  huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+  HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered error callback*/
+  huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+  HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+  * @note   When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+  *         Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+  if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset errorCode */
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+  __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+  if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->gState  = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+  huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+  HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+  *         (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+  * @note   When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+  *         Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+  if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset errorCode */
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+  __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+  /* Discard the received data */
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+  /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->gState  = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+  huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+  HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+  *         HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer)
+  *         (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+  *         and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution).
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+  /* Flush the whole TX FIFO (if needed) */
+  if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+  /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+  huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+  HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+  *         HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer)
+  *         (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+  *         and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution).
+  * @param  hdma DMA handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+  __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+  /* Discard the received data */
+  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+  /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+  huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+  huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+  HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+#else
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+      /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+      huart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+      huart->TxXferCount--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length.
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t *tmp;
+
+  /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE_TXFNFIE);
+#else
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+      /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+      huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL);
+      huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+      huart->TxXferCount--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t  nb_tx_data;
+
+  /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--)
+    {
+      if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+
+        /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+        SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+        break; /* force exit loop */
+      }
+      else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+      {
+        huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+        huart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+        huart->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t *tmp;
+  uint16_t  nb_tx_data;
+
+  /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    for (nb_tx_data = huart->NbTxDataToProcess ; nb_tx_data > 0U ; nb_tx_data--)
+    {
+      if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable the TX FIFO threshold interrupt */
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTIE);
+
+        /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+        SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+        break; /* force exit loop */
+      }
+      else if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->ISR, USART_ISR_TXE_TXFNF) != 0U)
+      {
+        tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+        huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL);
+        huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+        huart->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nothing to do */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+  /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Cleat TxISR function pointer */
+  huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+  huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+  /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+  HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+  uint16_t  uhdata;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+    *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+    huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+    if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#else
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+      /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+      /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+      huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+      huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+      huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+      /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+      HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length .
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t *tmp;
+  uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+  uint16_t  uhdata;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+    tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
+    *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+    huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+    if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#else
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+      /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+      /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+      huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+      huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+      huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+      /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+      HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8  bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t  uhMask = huart->Mask;
+  uint16_t  uhdata;
+  uint16_t   nb_rx_data;
+  uint16_t  rxdatacount;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    for (nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess ; nb_rx_data > 0U ; nb_rx_data--)
+    {
+      uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+      *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+      huart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+      huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+      if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+        /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+
+        /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+        huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+        huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+        huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+        /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+        HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO
+    threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was
+    disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame).
+    */
+    rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount;
+    if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+
+      /* Update the RxISR function pointer */
+      huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+
+      /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length and FIFO mode is enabled.
+  * @note   Function is called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT_FIFOEN(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t *tmp;
+  uint16_t  uhMask = huart->Mask;
+  uint16_t  uhdata;
+  uint16_t   nb_rx_data;
+  uint16_t  rxdatacount;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    for (nb_rx_data = huart->NbRxDataToProcess ; nb_rx_data > 0U ; nb_rx_data--)
+    {
+      uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+      tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
+      *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+      huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+      huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+      if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+      {
+        /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXFT interrupt*/
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+        /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) and RX FIFO Threshold interrupt */
+        CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_EIE | USART_CR3_RXFTIE));
+
+        /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+        huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+        huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+        /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+        huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+        /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+        HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* When remaining number of bytes to receive is less than the RX FIFO
+    threshold, next incoming frames are processed as if FIFO mode was
+    disabled (i.e. one interrupt per received frame).
+    */
+    rxdatacount = huart->RxXferCount;
+    if ((rxdatacount != 0U) && (rxdatacount < huart->NbRxDataToProcess))
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART RXFT interrupt*/
+      CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTIE);
+
+      /* Update the RxISR function pointer */
+      huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+
+      /* Enable the UART Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+      SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE_RXFNEIE);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..44aa959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended UART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### UART peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+    (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+    (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+        -@- When UART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+            configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
+  * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/** @defgroup UARTEX_Private_Constants UARTEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* UART RX FIFO depth */
+#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+
+/* UART TX FIFO depth */
+#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions  UARTEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in asynchronous mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+        (++) Baud Rate
+        (++) Word Length
+        (++) Stop Bit
+        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+        (++) Hardware flow control
+        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) Over Sampling Method
+        (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+        (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+        (++) data logical level inversion
+        (++) RX and TX pins swap
+        (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+        (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+        (++) MSB first on communication line
+        (++) auto Baud rate detection
+    [..]
+    The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
+     procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+  Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+  8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+  following table.
+
+    Table 1. UART frame format.
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+    |  M1 bit |  M0 bit |  PCE bit  |             UART frame                |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    8 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    0      |    | SB |    9 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    1      |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    7 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param huart            UART handle.
+  * @param Polarity         Select the driver enable polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW  DE signal is active low
+  * @param AssertionTime    Driver Enable assertion time:
+  *       5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
+  *       signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
+  *       units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
+  * @param DeassertionTime  Driver Enable deassertion time:
+  *       5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
+  *       transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
+  *       It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
+  *       oversampling rate).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
+                                   uint32_t DeassertionTime)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
+  temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief Extended functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+    (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
+
+    (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  UART RX Fifo full callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART TX Fifo empty callback.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
+         detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
+         trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR3_UCESM)
+/**
+  * @brief  Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode.
+  * @note   When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled
+  *         this clock during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register.
+  * @note   When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source,
+  *         and desired baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Set UCESM bit */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode.
+  * @param  huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Clear UCESM bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR3_UCESM */
+/**
+  * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
+  *        to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
+  *        this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
+  *        long).
+  * @note  Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
+  *        7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
+  * @param huart         UART handle.
+  * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the address length parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
+  * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
+  *       usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
+  * @param huart           UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  /* check the wake-up selection parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
+
+  if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
+  {
+    UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+  if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialize the UART State */
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Set UESM bit */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Clear UESM bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param huart      UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual UART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable UART */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
+
+  /* Restore UART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the FIFO mode.
+  * @param huart      UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableFifoMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual UART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable UART */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Enable FIFO mode */
+  CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
+  huart->FifoMode = UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
+
+  /* Restore UART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the TXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param huart      UART handle.
+  * @param Threshold  TX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual UART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable UART */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Update TX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+  /* Restore UART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RXFIFO threshold.
+  * @param huart      UART handle.
+  * @param Threshold  RX FIFO threshold value
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
+  *            @arg @ref UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Threshold)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save actual UART configuration */
+  tmpcr1 = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+
+  /* Disable UART */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Update RX threshold configuration */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
+
+  /* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
+  UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(huart);
+
+  /* Restore UART configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
+  * @param huart           UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
+
+  /* Set the USART address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
+
+  /* Set the USART address node */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
+/**
+  * @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
+  * @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
+  *       the UART configuration registers.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
+  uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
+  uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
+  uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
+  uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
+
+  if (huart->FifoMode == UART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
+  {
+    huart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
+    huart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
+    rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
+    tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
+    huart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
+    huart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
+  }
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..97e5ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bootloader/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2745 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l4xx_ll_usb.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
+
+      (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
+
+      (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USB Core
+  * @param  USBx USB Instance
+  * @param  cfg pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret;
+
+  if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
+  {
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+    /* Init The ULPI Interface */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL);
+
+    /* Select vbus source */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI);
+    if (cfg.use_external_vbus == 1U)
+    {
+      USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD;
+    }
+    /* Reset after a PHY select  */
+    ret = USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+  }
+  else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */
+  {
+    /* Select FS Embedded PHY */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL;
+
+    /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */
+    ret = USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+
+    if (cfg.battery_charging_enable == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Activate the USB Transceiver */
+      USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Deactivate the USB Transceiver */
+      USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the USB turnaround time
+  * @param  USBx USB Instance
+  * @param  hclk: AHB clock frequency
+  * @retval USB turnaround time In PHY Clocks number
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetTurnaroundTime(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
+                                        uint32_t hclk, uint8_t speed)
+{
+  uint32_t UsbTrd;
+
+  /* The USBTRD is configured according to the tables below, depending on AHB frequency
+  used by application. In the low AHB frequency range it is used to stretch enough the USB response
+  time to IN tokens, the USB turnaround time, so to compensate for the longer AHB read access
+  latency to the Data FIFO */
+  if (speed == USBD_FS_SPEED)
+  {
+    if ((hclk >= 14200000U) && (hclk < 15000000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 14.2-15 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xFU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 15000000U) && (hclk < 16000000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 15-16 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xEU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 16000000U) && (hclk < 17200000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 16-17.2 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xDU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 17200000U) && (hclk < 18500000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 17.2-18.5 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xCU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 18500000U) && (hclk < 20000000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 18.5-20 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xBU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 20000000U) && (hclk < 21800000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 20-21.8 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0xAU;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 21800000U) && (hclk < 24000000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 21.8-24 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0x9U;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 24000000U) && (hclk < 27700000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 24-27.7 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0x8U;
+    }
+    else if ((hclk >= 27700000U) && (hclk < 32000000U))
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 27.7-32 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0x7U;
+    }
+    else /* if(hclk >= 32000000) */
+    {
+      /* hclk Clock Range between 32-200 MHz */
+      UsbTrd = 0x6U;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    UsbTrd = USBD_DEFAULT_TRDT_VALUE;
+  }
+
+  USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT;
+  USBx->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((UsbTrd << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EnableGlobalInt
+  *         Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DisableGlobalInt
+  *         Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  mode   current core mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode
+  *            @arg USB_HOST_MODE: Host mode
+  *            @arg USB_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+  USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD);
+
+  if (mode == USB_HOST_MODE)
+  {
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD;
+  }
+  else if (mode == USB_DEVICE_MODE)
+  {
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers
+  *         for device mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  cfg   pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0U; i < 15U; i++)
+  {
+    USBx->DIEPTXF[i] = 0U;
+  }
+
+  /* VBUS Sensing setup */
+  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0U)
+  {
+    USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS;
+
+    /* Deactivate VBUS Sensing B */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+
+    /* B-peripheral session valid override enable */
+    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN;
+    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable HW VBUS sensing */
+    USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+  }
+
+  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0U;
+
+  /* Device mode configuration */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80;
+
+  /* Set Core speed to Full speed mode */
+  (void)USB_SetDevSpeed(USBx, USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL);
+
+  /* Flush the FIFOs */
+  if (USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U) != HAL_OK) /* all Tx FIFOs */
+  {
+    ret = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    ret = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0U;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0U;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0U;
+
+  for (i = 0U; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      if (i == 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0U;
+    }
+
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0U;
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT  = 0xFB7FU;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0U; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      if (i == 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0U;
+    }
+
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0U;
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT  = 0xFB7FU;
+  }
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFFU;
+
+  /* Enable the common interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+
+  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |
+                   USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |
+                   USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT   | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM |
+                   USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM;
+
+  if (cfg.Sof_enable != 0U)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM;
+  }
+
+  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 1U)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT);
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  num  FIFO number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+            15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0U;
+
+  USBx->GRSTCTL = (USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH | (num << 6));
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000U)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  } while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000U)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  } while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevSpeed  Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register
+  *         depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  speed  device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  * @retval  Hal status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t speed)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_GetDevSpeed  Return the Dev Speed
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval speed  device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg PCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  */
+uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint8_t speed;
+  uint32_t DevEnumSpeed = USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD;
+
+  if ((DevEnumSpeed == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ) ||
+      (DevEnumSpeed == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ))
+  {
+    speed = USBD_FS_SPEED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    speed = 0xFU;
+  }
+
+  return speed;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+
+    if ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+                                   ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16);
+
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+                                    ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) |
+                                    USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+                                    USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    if (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+                                   ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    }
+
+    USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ) |
+                                    ((uint32_t)ep->type << 18) | (epnum << 22) |
+                                    USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    }
+
+    USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS;
+    }
+
+    USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_TXFNUM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+                                   USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPTYP);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS;
+    }
+
+    USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP |
+                                    USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ |
+                                    USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM |
+                                    USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPTYP);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL  |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK;
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL  |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS;
+    }
+
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & (uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if ((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL  |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK;
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL  |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS;
+    }
+
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+    USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((uint32_t)(1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK)) << 16));
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+  uint16_t pktcnt;
+
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Zero Length Packet? */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+      * exist ? 1 : 0)
+      */
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket - 1U) / ep->maxpacket) << 19));
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT);
+        USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1U << 29));
+      }
+    }
+    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+
+    if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+      if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & (1U << 8)) == 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+      }
+
+      (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_len);
+    }
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+    * pktcnt = N
+    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+    */
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket);
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pktcnt = (uint16_t)((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket - 1U) / ep->maxpacket);
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & ((uint32_t)pktcnt << 19);
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt);
+    }
+
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+    {
+      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & (1U << 8)) == 0U)
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+      }
+    }
+    /* EP enable */
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP  0
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    /* Zero Length Packet? */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+      * exist ? 1 : 0)
+      */
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+      if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+      {
+        ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+      }
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+    }
+
+    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+
+    /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+    if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1UL << (ep->num & EP_ADDR_MSK);
+    }
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+    * pktcnt = N
+    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+    */
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len > 0U)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket));
+
+    /* EP enable */
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+  *         with the EP/channel
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  src   pointer to source buffer
+  * @param  ch_ep_num  endpoint or host channel number
+  * @param  len  Number of bytes to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t *pSrc = (uint32_t *)src;
+  uint32_t count32b, i;
+
+  count32b = ((uint32_t)len + 3U) / 4U;
+  for (i = 0U; i < count32b; i++)
+  {
+    USBx_DFIFO((uint32_t)ch_ep_num) = __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(pSrc);
+    pSrc++;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the RX FIFO
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  dest  source pointer
+  * @param  len  Number of bytes to read
+  * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+  */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t *pDest = (uint32_t *)dest;
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t count32b = ((uint32_t)len + 3U) / 4U;
+
+  for (i = 0U; i < count32b; i++)
+  {
+    __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(pDest, USBx_DFIFO(0U));
+    pDest++;
+  }
+
+  return ((void *)pDest);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    if (((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0U) && (epnum != 0U))
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS);
+    }
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0U) && (epnum != 0U))
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS);
+    }
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t epnum = (uint32_t)ep->num;
+
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+    if ((ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR) || (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+    if ((ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR) || (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  /* Clear Pending interrupt */
+  for (i = 0U; i < 15U; i++)
+  {
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFB7FU;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear interrupt masks */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK  = 0U;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK  = 0U;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0U;
+
+  /* Flush the FIFO */
+  ret = USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+  if (ret != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return ret;
+  }
+
+  ret = USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx,  0x10U);
+  if (ret != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return ret;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  address  new device address to be assigned
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_SetDevAddress(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD);
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= ((uint32_t)address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling Rpu
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevConnect(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  /* In case phy is stopped, ensure to ungate and restore the phy CLK */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_PCGCCTL_STOPCLK | USB_OTG_PCGCCTL_GATECLK);
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling Rpu
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevDisconnect(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  /* In case phy is stopped, ensure to ungate and restore the phy CLK */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_PCGCCTL_STOPCLK | USB_OTG_PCGCCTL_GATECLK);
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t  USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg = USBx->GINTSTS;
+  tmpreg &= USBx->GINTMSK;
+
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+  tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+
+  return ((tmpreg & 0xffff0000U) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+  tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+
+  return ((tmpreg & 0xFFFFU));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  epnum  endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg  = USBx_OUTEP((uint32_t)epnum)->DOEPINT;
+  tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK;
+
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  epnum  endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t tmpreg, msk, emp;
+
+  msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK;
+  emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK;
+  msk |= ((emp >> (epnum & EP_ADDR_MSK)) & 0x1U) << 7;
+  tmpreg = USBx_INEP((uint32_t)epnum)->DIEPINT & msk;
+
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  interrupt  flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void  USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+  USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns USB core mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval return core mode : Host or Device
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : Host
+  *           1 : Device
+  */
+uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  return ((USBx->GINTSTS) & 0x1U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate EP0 for Setup transactions
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_ActivateSetup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  /* Set the MPS of the IN EP0 to 64 bytes */
+  USBx_INEP(0U)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ;
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  psetup  pointer to setup packet
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+  UNUSED(psetup);
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t gSNPSiD = *(__IO uint32_t *)(&USBx->CID + 0x1U);
+
+  if (gSNPSiD > USB_OTG_CORE_ID_300A)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ = 0U;
+  USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1U << 19));
+  USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3U * 8U);
+  USBx_OUTEP(0U)->DOEPTSIZ |=  USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change)
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0U;
+
+  /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000U)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  } while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0U);
+
+  /* Core Soft Reset */
+  count = 0U;
+  USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000U)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  } while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers
+  *         for Host mode
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  cfg   pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0U;
+
+  /* Disable VBUS sensing */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN);
+
+  /* Disable Battery chargin detector */
+  USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
+
+  /* Set default Max speed support */
+  USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS);
+
+  /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */
+  (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U); /* all Tx FIFOs */
+  (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+  /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */
+  for (i = 0U; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++)
+  {
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0U;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable VBUS driving */
+  (void)USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1U);
+
+  HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+  /* set Rx FIFO size */
+  USBx->GRXFSIZ  = 0x80U;
+  USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((0x60U << 16) & USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80U);
+  USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((0x40U << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0U);
+  /* Enable the common interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+
+  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM            | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM | \
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM             | USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT | \
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM  | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the
+  *         HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  freq  clock frequency
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock
+  *           HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t freq)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
+  USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (uint32_t)freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS;
+
+  if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ)
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HFIR = 48000U;
+  }
+  else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ)
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HFIR = 6000U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* ... */
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms
+  *   before clearing the reset bit.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |
+             USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG);
+
+  USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0);
+  HAL_Delay(100U);                                 /* See Note #1 */
+  USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0);
+  HAL_Delay(10U);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus
+  * @param  state  VBUS state
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : Deactivate VBUS
+  *           1 : Activate VBUS
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |
+             USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG);
+
+  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0U) && (state == 1U))
+  {
+    USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0);
+  }
+  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0U))
+  {
+    USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return Host Core speed
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval speed : Host speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  */
+uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0U;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+  return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return Host Current Frame number
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval current frame number
+  */
+uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize a host channel
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  ch_num  Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  epnum  Endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  dev_address  Current device address
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @param  speed  Current device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  * @param  ep_type  Endpoint Type
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
+  * @param  mps  Max Packet Size
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
+                              uint8_t ch_num,
+                              uint8_t epnum,
+                              uint8_t dev_address,
+                              uint8_t speed,
+                              uint8_t ep_type,
+                              uint16_t mps)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t HCcharEpDir, HCcharLowSpeed;
+
+  /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */
+  USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+  /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */
+  switch (ep_type)
+  {
+    case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+    case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+      USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM;
+
+      if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+      {
+        USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+      USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM   |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM;
+
+      if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+      {
+        USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+      }
+
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+      USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM   |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |
+                                            USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM;
+
+      if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+      {
+        USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */
+  USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= 1UL << (ch_num & 0xFU);
+
+  /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM;
+
+  /* Program the HCCHAR register */
+  if ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    HCcharEpDir = (0x1U << 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HCcharEpDir = 0U;
+  }
+
+  if (speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)
+  {
+    HCcharLowSpeed = (0x1U << 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HCcharLowSpeed = 0U;
+  }
+
+  USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((uint32_t)dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |
+                                      ((((uint32_t)epnum & 0x7FU) << 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM) |
+                                      (((uint32_t)ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) |
+                                      ((uint32_t)mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ) | HCcharEpDir | HCcharLowSpeed;
+
+  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
+  {
+    USBx_HC((uint32_t)ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start a transfer over a host channel
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  hc  pointer to host channel structure
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t ch_num = (uint32_t)hc->ch_num;
+  static __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+  uint8_t  is_oddframe;
+  uint16_t len_words;
+  uint16_t num_packets;
+  uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256U;
+
+  /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */
+  if (hc->xfer_len > 0U)
+  {
+    num_packets = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1U) / hc->max_packet);
+
+    if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count)
+    {
+      num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count;
+      hc->xfer_len = (uint32_t)num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    num_packets = 1U;
+  }
+  if (hc->ep_is_in != 0U)
+  {
+    hc->xfer_len = (uint32_t)num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (hc->xfer_len & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ) |
+                            (((uint32_t)num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |
+                            (((uint32_t)hc->data_pid << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID);
+
+  is_oddframe = (((uint32_t)USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01U) != 0U) ? 0U : 1U;
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (uint32_t)is_oddframe << 29;
+
+  /* Set host channel enable */
+  tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR;
+  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+  /* make sure to set the correct ep direction */
+  if (hc->ep_is_in != 0U)
+  {
+    tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+  }
+  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+    if ((hc->ep_is_in == 0U) && (hc->xfer_len > 0U))
+    {
+      switch (hc->ep_type)
+      {
+        /* Non periodic transfer */
+        case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+        case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+
+          len_words = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + 3U) / 4U);
+
+          /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+          if (len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFFU))
+          {
+            /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */
+            USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        /* Periodic transfer */
+        case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+        case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+          len_words = (uint16_t)((hc->xfer_len + 3U) / 4U);
+          /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+          if (len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFFU)) /* split the transfer */
+          {
+            /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */
+            USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM;
+          }
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          break;
+      }
+
+      /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */
+      (void)USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, (uint16_t)hc->xfer_len);
+    }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFFU);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Halt a host channel
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  hc_num  Host Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t hc_num)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t hcnum = (uint32_t)hc_num;
+  uint32_t count = 0U;
+  uint32_t HcEpType = (USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) >> 18;
+
+  /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */
+  if ((HcEpType == HCCHAR_CTRL) || (HcEpType == HCCHAR_BULK))
+  {
+    USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+    if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & (0xFFU << 16)) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+      do
+      {
+        if (++count > 1000U)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+      } while ((USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+    if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & (0xFFU << 16)) == 0U)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+      do
+      {
+        if (++count > 1000U)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+      } while ((USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hcnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiate Do Ping protocol
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  hc_num  Host Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t ch_num)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t chnum = (uint32_t)ch_num;
+  uint32_t num_packets = 1U;
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  USBx_HC(chnum)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |
+                           USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING;
+
+  /* Set host channel enable */
+  tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR;
+  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+  USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop Host Core
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t count = 0U;
+  uint32_t value;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  (void)USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+  /* Flush FIFO */
+  (void)USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10U);
+  (void)USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+  /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */
+  for (i = 0U; i <= 15U; i++)
+  {
+    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR;
+    value |=  USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+  }
+
+  /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */
+  for (i = 0U; i <= 15U; i++)
+  {
+    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR;
+    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+
+    do
+    {
+      if (++count > 1000U)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    } while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */
+  USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+  (void)USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+  {
+    /* active Remote wakeup signalling */
+    USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup de-active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t USBx_BASE = (uint32_t)USBx;
+
+  /* active Remote wakeup signalling */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USB Core
+  * @param  USBx: USB Instance
+  * @param  cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(cfg);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EnableGlobalInt
+  *         Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t winterruptmask;
+
+  /* Clear pending interrupts */
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+  winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM  | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+                   USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+  /* Set interrupt mask */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)winterruptmask;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DisableGlobalInt
+  *         Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t winterruptmask;
+
+  /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+  winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM  | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+                   USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+  /* Clear interrupt mask */
+  USBx->CNTR &= (uint16_t)(~winterruptmask);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  mode :  current core mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
+  *            @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(mode);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers
+  *         for device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  cfg  : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(cfg);
+
+  /* Init Device */
+  /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+  /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/
+  USBx->CNTR = 0U;
+
+  /*Clear pending interrupts*/
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /*Set Btable Address*/
+  USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the device speed
+  *         depending on the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  speed  device speed
+  * @retval  Hal status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t speed)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(speed);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  num : FIFO number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+            15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(num);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+  uint16_t wEpRegVal;
+
+  wEpRegVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_T_MASK;
+
+  /* initialize Endpoint */
+  switch (ep->type)
+  {
+    case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_CONTROL;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_BULK;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_INTERRUPT;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  PCD_SET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num, (wEpRegVal | USB_EP_CTR_RX | USB_EP_CTR_TX));
+
+  PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num);
+
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+      /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket);
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+    }
+  }
+  /*Double Buffer*/
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the endpoint as double buffered */
+    PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+    /* Set buffer address for double buffered mode */
+    PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1);
+
+    if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      }
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+  /*Double Buffer*/
+  else
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/
+      PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint16_t pmabuffer;
+  uint32_t len;
+  uint16_t wEPVal;
+
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    /*Multi packet transfer*/
+    if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+    {
+      len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      len = ep->xfer_len;
+    }
+
+    /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */
+    if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+    {
+      USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)len);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*double buffer bulk management */
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+      {
+        if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          /*enable double buffer */
+          PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+          len = ep->maxpacket;
+          /*each Time to write in PMA xfer_len_db will */
+          ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+
+          /* Fill the two first buffer in the Buffer0 & Buffer1*/
+          if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+          {
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+
+            /*Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+            ep->xfer_buff += len;
+
+            if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+            {
+              len = ep->maxpacket;
+              ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+              ep->xfer_len_db = 0;
+            }
+
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+            /*Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+            /*Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+            ep->xfer_buff += len;
+
+            if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+            {
+              len = ep->maxpacket;
+              ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+              ep->xfer_len_db = 0;
+            }
+
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+            /*Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+          }
+        }
+        /*auto Switch to single buffer mode when transfer <Mps no need to manage in double buffer*/
+        else
+        {
+          len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+          /*disable double buffer mode */
+          PCD_CLEAR_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+          /*Set Tx count with nbre of byte to be transmitted */
+          PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+          /*Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+          USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+        }
+      }/*end if bulk double buffer */
+
+      /*mange isochronous double buffer IN mode */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */
+        if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+          PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+          PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+        }
+        USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+        PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in);
+      }
+    }
+
+    PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID);
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Multi packet transfer*/
+      if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+      {
+        len = ep->maxpacket;
+        ep->xfer_len -= len;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        len = ep->xfer_len;
+        ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+      }
+      /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */
+      /*Set RX buffer count*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*First Transfer Coming From HAL_PCD_EP_Receive & From ISR*/
+      /*Set the Double buffer counter*/
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+      {
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, ep->maxpacket);
+        /*Coming from ISR*/
+        if (ep->xfer_count != 0U)
+        {
+          /* update last value to check if there is blocking state*/
+          wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num);
+          /*Blocking State */
+          if ((((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U) && ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)) ||
+              (((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) == 0U) && ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) == 0U)))
+          {
+            PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, 0U);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /*iso out double */
+      else if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Multi packet transfer*/
+        if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          len = ep->maxpacket;
+          ep->xfer_len -= len;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          len = ep->xfer_len;
+          ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+        }
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+  *         with the EP/channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  src :  pointer to source buffer
+  * @param  ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
+  * @param  len : Number of bytes to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(src);
+  UNUSED(ch_ep_num);
+  UNUSED(len);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated
+  *         with the EP/channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  dest : destination pointer
+  * @param  len : Number of bytes to read
+  * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+  */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(dest);
+  UNUSED(len);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return ((void *)NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+  {
+    PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_STALL);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+  /* clear interrupt status register */
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /* switch-off device */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)(USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  address : new device address to be assigned
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_SetDevAddress(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+  if (address == 0U)
+  {
+    /* set device address and enable function */
+    USBx->DADDR = (uint16_t)USB_DADDR_EF;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevConnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Enabling DP Pull-UP bit to Connect internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+  USBx->BCDR |= (uint16_t)USB_BCDR_DPPU;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevDisconnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Disable DP Pull-Up bit to disconnect the Internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+  USBx->BCDR &= (uint16_t)(~(USB_BCDR_DPPU));
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t  USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg = USBx->ISTR;
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(epnum);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  interrupt  flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void  USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(interrupt);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @param  psetup  pointer to setup packet
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(psetup);
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_RESUME;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx  Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->CNTR &= (uint16_t)(~USB_CNTR_RESUME);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+  * @param   USBx USB peripheral instance register address.
+  * @param   pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+  * @param   wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+  * @param   wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+  uint32_t n = ((uint32_t)wNBytes + 1U) >> 1;
+  uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i, temp1, temp2;
+  __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+  uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+  pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+  for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+  {
+    temp1 = *pBuf;
+    pBuf++;
+    temp2 = temp1 | ((uint16_t)((uint16_t) *pBuf << 8));
+    *pdwVal = (uint16_t)temp2;
+    pdwVal++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+    pdwVal++;
+#endif
+
+    pBuf++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Copy data from packet memory area (PMA) to user memory buffer
+  * @param   USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
+  * @param   pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+  * @param   wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+  * @param   wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+  uint32_t n = (uint32_t)wNBytes >> 1;
+  uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i, temp;
+  __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+  uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+  pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+  for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+  {
+    temp = *(__IO uint16_t *)pdwVal;
+    pdwVal++;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+    pBuf++;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 8) & 0xFFU);
+    pBuf++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+    pdwVal++;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if ((wNBytes % 2U) != 0U)
+  {
+    temp = *pdwVal;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/